WO2020080217A1 - Resin composition, cured film, laminate body, cured film production method, and semiconductor device - Google Patents

Resin composition, cured film, laminate body, cured film production method, and semiconductor device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020080217A1
WO2020080217A1 PCT/JP2019/039779 JP2019039779W WO2020080217A1 WO 2020080217 A1 WO2020080217 A1 WO 2020080217A1 JP 2019039779 W JP2019039779 W JP 2019039779W WO 2020080217 A1 WO2020080217 A1 WO 2020080217A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
resin composition
compound
cured film
formula
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/039779
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
慶 福原
健太 山▲ざき▼
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2020553109A priority Critical patent/JP7078744B2/en
Publication of WO2020080217A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020080217A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/54Silicon-containing compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/56Organo-metallic compounds, i.e. organic compounds containing a metal-to-carbon bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/031Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/037Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polyamides or polyimides
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/40Treatment after imagewise removal, e.g. baking

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a resin composition containing at least one polymer precursor selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor.
  • the present invention also relates to a cured film, a laminate, a method for producing a cured film, and a semiconductor device using the resin composition containing the above-mentioned polymer precursor.
  • resins such as polyimide and polybenzoxazole have excellent heat resistance and insulating properties, they are used in the insulating layers of electronic devices. Further, since polyimide and polybenzoxazole have low solubility in a solvent, they are applied to a support or the like in the state of a precursor (polyimide precursor or polybenzoxazole precursor) before the cyclization reaction, and then heated. It is also practiced to cyclize a polyimide precursor or a polybenzoxazole precursor to form a cured film.
  • Patent Document 1 describes an invention relating to a resin composition containing a polymer precursor such as a polyimide precursor or a polybenzoxazole precursor, and a thermal base generator.
  • a polymer precursor such as a polyimide precursor or a polybenzoxazole precursor
  • Patent Document 1 With the technique of Patent Document 1 described above, the storage stability of a resin composition containing a polymer precursor such as a polyimide precursor or a polybenzoxazole precursor can be improved. On the other hand, further research and development is required to meet the recent diversified required properties required for resin compositions containing these polymer precursors and the like. For example, it is desired to further improve the storage stability of the resin composition and the adhesion and reliability of the cured film obtained with a metal or the like.
  • a polymer precursor such as a polyimide precursor or a polybenzoxazole precursor
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a resin composition, a cured film, a laminate, a method for producing a cured film, and a semiconductor device which have good storage stability and can form a cured film having excellent adhesion and reliability.
  • the purpose is to
  • the present inventor has made diligent studies on a resin composition containing at least one resin selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor, a polyimide, a polybenzoxazole precursor and a polybenzoxazole, and a predetermined compound described below.
  • the inventors have found that the above object can be achieved by further adding, and have completed the present invention.
  • the present invention provides the following.
  • M 1 represents Si, Ti or Zr
  • R 1 to R 3 each independently represent Rb 1 or ORb 1
  • Rb 1 is a hydrocarbon having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Represents a group.
  • the group generated by heating to form a basic group is at least one selected from a heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom, an amide group, a urea group, an isocyanate group, a urethane group, an alohanate group, a buret group and an imide group.
  • the group which a basic group forms by heating contains a heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom and at least one group selected from —OCO— and COO—, or an amide group,
  • Compound B is a resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, which is a compound represented by the following formula (I):
  • a 1 represents a group generated by heating to generate a basic group
  • L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • M 1 represents Si, Ti or Zr
  • R 1 1 to R 3 each independently represent Rb 1 or ORb 1
  • Rb 1 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • ⁇ 9> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>, in which the resin contains at least one selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor.
  • ⁇ 13> A cured film obtained by curing the resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 12>.
  • ⁇ 14> A laminate having two or more cured films according to ⁇ 13> and having a metal layer between the two cured films.
  • a method for producing a cured film which includes a film forming step of forming a film by applying the resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 12> to a substrate.
  • the method for producing a cured film according to ⁇ 15> which includes an exposure step of exposing the film and a development step of developing the film.
  • the method for producing a cured film according to ⁇ 15> or ⁇ 16> which includes a step of heating the film at 80 to 450 ° C.
  • a semiconductor device having the cured film according to ⁇ 13> or the laminate according to ⁇ 14>.
  • a resin composition a cured film, a laminate, a method for producing a cured film, and a semiconductor device, which can form a cured film having good storage stability and excellent adhesion and reliability.
  • the components of the present invention described below may be described based on typical embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
  • the notation of not having substitution and non-substitution includes not only those having no substituent but also those having a substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • the term "exposure” includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using a particle beam such as an electron beam or an ion beam, unless otherwise specified.
  • the light used for the exposure generally includes a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, active rays such as electron rays, or radiation.
  • EUV light extreme ultraviolet rays
  • active rays such as electron rays, or radiation.
  • (meth) acrylate” represents both “acrylate” and “methacrylate” or either
  • (meth) acryl” means both “acrylic” and “methacryl”
  • (Meth) acryloyl” means both "acryloyl” and "methacryloyl", or either.
  • the term “process” is included in this term as long as the intended action of the process is achieved not only as an independent process but also when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes.
  • the physical property values in the present invention are values under a temperature of 23 ° C. and an atmospheric pressure of 101325 Pa.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC measurement) unless otherwise specified, and are defined as polystyrene conversion values.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are, for example, HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, and TSKgel are used as columns. It can be determined by using Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000 and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation). In this measurement, THF (tetrahydrofuran) is used as an eluent unless otherwise specified. Unless otherwise stated, the detection uses a detector having a wavelength of 254 nm of UV rays (ultraviolet rays).
  • the resin composition of the present invention At least one resin selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor, a polyimide, a polybenzoxazole precursor and a polybenzoxazole; A compound B having a Pka of 5 or more, each containing a group which forms a basic group when heated and a group represented by the formula (b1) described later; It is characterized by containing.
  • this compound B By containing the compound B in the resin composition of the present invention, a cured film having good storage stability and excellent adhesion and reliability can be formed. Since this compound B has a pKa of 5 or more, it is possible to suppress the progress of the reaction of the resin during storage of the resin composition, and as a result, a resin composition having excellent storage stability can be obtained.
  • this compound contains a group (hereinafter, also referred to as a specific functional group) which is formed by heating to form a basic group and a group represented by the formula (b1) described later, thereby closely adhering to a substrate or the like. It is possible to form a cured film having excellent properties and reliability.
  • the group represented by the formula (b1) contained in the compound B interacts with the substrate and the like by the heating at the time of forming the cured film to perform the coupling reaction, and the specific functional group contained in the compound B is also generated. It is presumed that the basic group generated from the above interacts with the resin to form a bond, and as a result, a cured film having excellent adhesiveness can be formed. Furthermore, when a polyimide precursor or polybenzoxazole precursor is used as the resin, it is presumed that the basic group generated from the compound B can accelerate the cyclization reaction of these precursors.
  • the adhesiveness with the substrate can be significantly improved, and the excellent adhesiveness is maintained even after the reliability test such as exposing the cured film formed on the substrate to a high temperature and high humidity environment for a long time. It is also possible to significantly improve the reliability of the cured film. Furthermore, mechanical properties such as elongation of the cured film can be improved.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can form a cured film having excellent adhesion and reliability, it can be preferably used as a resin composition for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.
  • the resin composition in the present invention contains at least one resin selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor, a polyimide, a polybenzoxazole precursor and a polybenzoxazole.
  • the resin used in the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, and more preferably contains a polyimide precursor.
  • the polyimide precursor and the polybenzoxazole precursor are collectively referred to as a polymer precursor.
  • the resin composition containing the polymer precursor tends to undergo a reaction such as cyclization of the polymer precursor during storage to easily change the viscosity of the resin composition.
  • excellent storage stability can be obtained even when a resin containing a polymer precursor is used. Therefore, when a polyimide precursor or a polybenzoxazole precursor is used as the resin, the effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained. Especially, when a polyimide precursor is used as the resin, the effect of the present invention is more easily obtained.
  • the polyimide precursor is preferably a polyimide precursor containing a constitutional unit represented by the following formula (1).
  • a 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH
  • R 111 represents a divalent organic group
  • R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group
  • R 113 and R 114 each independently. Represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • a 1 and A 2 are each independently an oxygen atom or NH, and an oxygen atom is preferable.
  • R 111 represents a divalent organic group.
  • the divalent organic group include a linear or branched aliphatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group, and an aromatic group, a heteroaromatic group, or a group consisting of a combination thereof, which has 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • An aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • R 111 is preferably derived from a diamine.
  • Examples of the diamine used for producing the polyimide precursor include linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic diamine. Only one diamine may be used, or two or more diamines may be used. Specifically, the diamine is a straight-chain aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched or cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a combination thereof. And a diamine containing an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable. The following are mentioned as an example of an aromatic group.
  • A is a single bond or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, —O—, —C ( ⁇ O) —, —S—, —S A group selected from ( ⁇ O) 2 —, —NHCO—, and a combination thereof is preferable, and a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, and —O— , —C ( ⁇ O) —, —S— and —SO 2 — are more preferred, and —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —C ( It is more preferably a divalent group selected from the group consisting of CF 3 ) 2 — and —C (CH 3 ) 2 —.
  • diamine examples include 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane and 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2- or 1 , 3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane, bis- (4- Aminocyclohexyl) methane, bis- (3-aminocyclohexyl) methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethylcyclohexylmethane and isophoronediamine; meta and paraphenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4'- and 3 , 3'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether
  • the diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) shown below are also preferable.
  • diamines having at least two or more alkylene glycol units in the main chain are also preferred examples.
  • Diamines containing one or both of ethylene glycol chains and propylene glycol chains in one molecule in combination of two or more, and more preferably diamines containing no aromatic ring are preferred.
  • x, y, z are average values.
  • R 111 is preferably represented by —Ar 0 —L 0 —Ar 0 —.
  • Ar 0 is independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), and preferably a phenylene group.
  • L 0 is a single bond, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, —O—, —C ( ⁇ O) —, —S—, —S ( ⁇ O) It represents a group selected from 2-, -NHCO-, and combinations thereof. The preferred range is synonymous with A described above.
  • R 111 is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or formula (61).
  • the divalent organic group represented by the formula (61) is more preferable from the viewpoints of i-ray transmittance and availability.
  • R 50 to R 57 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R 50 to R 57 is a fluorine atom, a methyl group, a fluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group, or It is a trifluoromethyl group.
  • the monovalent organic group represented by R 50 to R 57 is an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a fluorine atom having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms). Alkyl groups and the like.
  • R 58 and R 59 are each independently a fluorine atom, a fluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group.
  • Examples of the diamine compound giving the structure of formula (51) or (61) include dimethyl-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2′-bis (trifluoromethyl) -4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2 Examples thereof include'-bis (fluoro) -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl and 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl. You may use these 1 type or may use it in combination of 2 or more type.
  • R 115 in the formula (1) represents a tetravalent organic group.
  • the tetravalent organic group is preferably a group containing an aromatic ring, and more preferably a group represented by the following formula (5) or formula (6).
  • R 112 has the same meaning as A and the preferred range is also the same.
  • tetravalent organic group represented by R 115 in the formula (1) include a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after the acid dianhydride group is removed from the tetracarboxylic dianhydride.
  • the tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (7).
  • R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group.
  • R 115 has the same meaning as R 115 in formula (1).
  • tetracarboxylic dianhydride examples include pyromellitic acid, pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4.
  • DAA-1 to DAA-5 shown below are also preferred examples.
  • R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. It is preferable that at least one of R 113 and R 114 contains a radical polymerizable group, and it is more preferable that both contain a radical polymerizable group.
  • the radically polymerizable group is a group capable of undergoing a crosslinking reaction by the action of a radical, and a preferable example thereof is a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group and a group represented by the following formula (III).
  • R 200 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a methyl group is more preferable.
  • R 201 is an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 — or a (poly) oxyalkylene group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms (the alkylene group has 1 carbon atoms. The number of repetitions is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and most preferably 1 to 3).
  • the (poly) oxyalkylene group means an oxyalkylene group or a polyoxyalkylene group.
  • R 201 examples include ethylene group, propylene group, trimethylene group, tetramethylene group, 1,2-butanediyl group, 1,3-butanediyl group, pentamethylene group, hexamethylene group, octamethylene group, dodecamethylene group. , —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 —, and an ethylene group, a propylene group, a trimethylene group, and —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 — are more preferable.
  • R 200 is a methyl group and R 201 is an ethylene group.
  • An alkyl group etc. are mentioned. Specific examples thereof include an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms having an acid group and an arylalkyl group having 7 to 25 carbon atoms having an acid group. More specific examples include a phenyl group having an acid group and a benzyl group having an acid group.
  • the acid group is preferably a hydroxyl group. That is, R 113 or R 114 is preferably a group having a hydroxyl group.
  • R 113 or R 114 As the monovalent organic group represented by R 113 or R 114, a substituent that improves the solubility of the developer is preferably used. It is more preferable that R 113 or R 114 is a hydrogen atom, 2-hydroxybenzyl, 3-hydroxybenzyl and 4-hydroxybenzyl from the viewpoint of solubility in an aqueous developer.
  • R 113 or R 114 is preferably a monovalent organic group.
  • the monovalent organic group preferably contains a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group or an aromatic group, more preferably an alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms (3 or more in the case of a cyclic group).
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • linear or branched alkyl group examples include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, dodecyl group, tetradecyl group, octadecyl group. , Isopropyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, 1-ethylpentyl group, and 2-ethylhexyl group.
  • the cyclic alkyl group may be either a monocyclic cyclic alkyl group or a polycyclic cyclic alkyl group.
  • Examples of the monocyclic cyclic alkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group and a cyclooctyl group.
  • Examples of the polycyclic cyclic alkyl group include an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, a bornyl group, a camphenyl group, a decahydronaphthyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a camphoroyl group, a dicyclohexyl group and a pinenyl group.
  • As the alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group a linear alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group described below is preferable.
  • aromatic group examples include a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group (the cyclic structure constituting the group includes a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a biphenyl ring, a fluorene ring, a pentalene ring, an indene ring, and azulene.
  • the cyclic structure constituting the group includes a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a biphenyl ring, a fluorene ring, a pentalene ring, an indene ring, and azulene.
  • the polyimide precursor preferably has a fluorine atom in the constituent unit.
  • the content of fluorine atoms in the polyimide precursor is preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or less. There is no particular upper limit, but 50% by mass or less is practical.
  • an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure may be copolymerized with the structural unit represented by the formula (1) for the purpose of improving the adhesion to the substrate.
  • the diamine component include bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane and bis (paraaminophenyl) octamethylpentasiloxane.
  • the constitutional unit represented by the formula (1) is preferably a constitutional unit represented by the formula (1-A) or (1-B).
  • a 11 and A 12 each represent an oxygen atom or NH
  • R 111 and R 112 each independently represent a divalent organic group
  • R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent group. It represents an organic group, and at least one of R 113 and R 114 is preferably a group containing a radically polymerizable group, and more preferably a radically polymerizable group.
  • a 11 , A 12 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 each independently have a preferable range which is the same as the preferable range of A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 in the formula (1). ..
  • a preferred range of R 112 has the same meaning as R 112 in formula (5), and more preferably among others oxygen atoms.
  • the bonding position of the carbonyl group in the formula to the benzene ring is preferably 4,5,3 ′, 4 ′ in the formula (1-A). In the formula (1-B), 1,2,4,5 are preferable.
  • the constitutional unit represented by the formula (1) may be one type or two or more types. Further, the structural unit represented by the formula (1) may contain a structural isomer. Further, the polyimide precursor may include other types of structural units in addition to the structural units of the above formula (1).
  • a polyimide precursor in which 50 mol% or more, further 70 mol% or more, and particularly 90 mol% or more of all the constituent units are constituent units represented by the formula (1) is exemplified.
  • the upper limit is practically 100 mol% or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and further preferably 10,000 to 50,000.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 800 to 250,000, more preferably 2000 to 50000, and further preferably 4000 to 25000.
  • the molecular weight dispersity of the polyimide precursor is preferably 1.5 to 3.5, more preferably 2 to 3.
  • the polyimide precursor can be obtained by reacting a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid derivative with a diamine. Preferably, it is obtained by halogenating a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid derivative with a halogenating agent and then reacting it with a diamine.
  • an organic solvent may be one kind or two or more kinds.
  • the organic solvent can be appropriately determined according to the raw material, and examples thereof include pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme), N-methylpyrrolidone and N-ethylpyrrolidone.
  • a step of depositing a solid is included in the production of the polyimide precursor.
  • solid precipitation can be performed by precipitating the polyimide precursor in the reaction solution in water and dissolving the polyimide precursor in a solvent in which the polyimide precursor is soluble.
  • the polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably a polybenzoxazole precursor containing a structural unit represented by the following formula (2).
  • R 121 represents a divalent organic group
  • R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group
  • R 123 and R 124 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • R 121 represents a divalent organic group.
  • the divalent organic group an aliphatic group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 and particularly preferably 1 to 6) and an aromatic group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, 6 to 14 carbon atoms) Is more preferable, and 6 to 12 is particularly preferable).
  • the aromatic group forming R 121 include the examples of R 111 in the above formula (1).
  • the aliphatic group a linear aliphatic group is preferable.
  • R 121 is preferably derived from 4,4′-oxydibenzoyl chloride.
  • R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group.
  • the tetravalent organic group has the same meaning as R 115 in the above formula (1), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • R 122 is preferably derived from 2,2′-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane.
  • R 123 and R 124 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, have the same meaning as R 113 and R 114 in the above formula (1), and the preferred ranges are also the same.
  • the polybenzoxazole precursor may contain other types of constitutional units in addition to the constitutional units of the above formula (2). It is preferable that the polybenzoxazole precursor contains a diamine residue represented by the following formula (SL) as another type of structural unit from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of warpage of the cured film due to ring closure.
  • SL diamine residue represented by the following formula
  • Z has a structure and b structure
  • R 1s is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms)
  • R 2s Is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms)
  • at least one of R 3s , R 4s , R 5s , and R 6s is aromatic.
  • a group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), the rest being hydrogen atoms or 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 18 carbon atoms, It is preferably an organic group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and they may be the same or different.
  • the polymerization of the a structure and the b structure may be block polymerization or random polymerization. In the Z portion, the a structure is preferably 5 to 95 mol%, the b structure is 95 to 5 mol%, and a + b is 100 mol%.
  • preferred Z includes those in which R 5s and R 6s in the b structure are phenyl groups.
  • the molecular weight of the structure represented by the formula (SL) is preferably 400 to 4,000, more preferably 500 to 3,000.
  • the molecular weight can be determined by commonly used gel permeation chromatography. When the molecular weight is within the above range, the elastic modulus of the polybenzoxazole precursor after dehydration ring closure can be lowered, and the effect of suppressing warpage and the effect of improving solubility can be made compatible.
  • the precursor contains a diamine residue represented by the formula (SL) as another type of structural unit, it further improves alkali solubility, and further removes an acid dianhydride group from the tetracarboxylic dianhydride. It is preferable to include a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining afterwards as a constituent unit. Examples of such a tetracarboxylic acid residue include the example of R 115 in the formula (1).
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and further preferably 10,000 to 50,000.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 800 to 250,000, more preferably 2000 to 50000, and further preferably 4000 to 25000.
  • the polybenzoxazole precursor has a molecular weight dispersity of preferably from 1.5 to 3.5, more preferably from 2 to 3.
  • the polyimide is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymer compound having an imide ring, but is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (4), and a compound represented by the following formula (4) More preferably, it is a compound having a radically polymerizable group.
  • the radically polymerizable group include the radically polymerizable group described in the above section of the polyimide precursor, and the preferable range is also the same.
  • R 131 represents a divalent organic group
  • R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group.
  • the radical polymerizable group may be introduced into at least one of R 131 and R 132 , or the radical polymerizable group may be introduced into the terminal of the polyimide.
  • Examples of the divalent organic group represented by R 131 include the same groups as R 111 in the formula (1) of the polyimide precursor described above, and the preferred ranges are also the same.
  • Examples of the tetravalent organic group represented by R 132 include the same groups as R 115 in the formula (1) of the polyimide precursor described above, and the preferred ranges are also the same.
  • the imidization ratio of the polyimide is preferably 85% or more, more preferably 90% or more.
  • the imidization ratio is 85% or more, the film shrinkage due to ring closure that occurs when imidized by heating is reduced, and the occurrence of warpage can be suppressed.
  • the polybenzoxazole may be a compound having a benzoxazole ring and is not particularly limited, but is preferably a compound having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (X), represented by the following formula (X). More preferably, it is a compound having a radically polymerizable group.
  • the radically polymerizable group include the radically polymerizable group described in the above polyimide precursor, and the preferable range is also the same.
  • R 133 represents a divalent organic group
  • R 134 represents a tetravalent organic group.
  • a radical polymerizable group may be introduced into at least one of R 133 and R 134 , or a radical polymerizable group may be introduced into the end of the polybenzoxazole.
  • Examples of the divalent organic group represented by R 133 include an aliphatic or aromatic group. Specific examples include the groups described for R 121 in the formula (2) of the polybenzoxazole precursor, and the preferred range is also the same. Examples of the tetravalent organic group represented by R 134 include the groups described for R 122 in the formula (2) of the polybenzoxazole precursor, and the preferable range is also the same.
  • the content of the resin in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and 40% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the resin composition. More preferably, it is more preferably 50 mass% or more, still more preferably 60 mass% or more, still more preferably 70 mass% or more.
  • the content of the resin in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, more preferably 99% by mass or less, and more preferably 98% by mass or less based on the total solid content of the resin composition.
  • the content is more preferably not more than mass%, and even more preferably not more than 95 mass%.
  • the content of the polymer precursor (preferably the polyimide precursor) in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more and 30% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the resin composition. More preferably, it is more preferably 40 mass% or more, still more preferably 50 mass% or more, even more preferably 60 mass% or more, and even more preferably 70 mass% or more. . Further, the content of the polymer precursor in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, and more preferably 99% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the resin composition. , 98% by mass or less is more preferable, 95% by mass or less is more preferable, and 95% by mass or less is even more preferable.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types of resin. When two or more kinds are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention includes a compound B having a pKa of 5 or more, each of which contains a group which forms a basic group when heated and a group which is represented by the formula (b1).
  • a group which a basic group produces by heating is also referred to as a specific functional group.
  • the group represented by the formula (b1) is also referred to as a group (b1).
  • M 1 is, Si, represents Ti or Zr
  • R 1 to R 3 each independently represents a Rb 1 or ORb 1
  • Rb 1 is carbon independently 1 to Represents 10 hydrocarbon groups.
  • the pKa of the compound B is 5 or more, preferably 8 or more, more preferably 10 or more, further preferably 12 or more, even more preferably 12.5 or more, and 13 or more. Is even more preferable.
  • the upper limit is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 15 or less.
  • the pKa of compound B is the value in water at 23 ° C.
  • the molecular weight of compound B is preferably 100 to 2000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1900 or less, more preferably 1500 or less, and further preferably 500 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 150 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and further preferably 250 or more.
  • the amine value of compound B is preferably 500 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 400 mgKOH / g or less, and further preferably 300 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the basic group generation temperature of compound B is preferably 160 ° C. or higher, more preferably 170 ° C., and further preferably 180 ° C. or higher.
  • the upper limit of the basic group generation temperature is preferably 300 ° C or lower, more preferably 280 ° C or lower, and further preferably 250 ° C or lower.
  • the specific functional group contained in the compound B is preferably a group that decomposes at a temperature of 160 ° C.
  • the upper limit of the temperature is preferably 300 ° C or lower, more preferably 280 ° C or lower, and further preferably 250 ° C or lower.
  • the specific functional group (group which a basic group is generated by heating) of the compound B is a heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom, an amide group, a urea group, an isocyanate group, a urethane group, an alohanate group, a buret group and an imide group. It is preferable that it contains at least one group selected from Examples of the heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom include an azole ring group, a pyrrole ring group, an indole ring group, a pyridine ring group, a pyrazole ring group, a diazine ring group, and a benzodiazine ring group.
  • Preferred embodiments of the specific functional group include the following (1) and (2).
  • the following embodiment (2) is preferable from the viewpoint of storage stability in a liquid, and more preferably an embodiment containing at least an isocyanate group.
  • (1) A mode including a heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom and at least one group selected from —OCO— and COO—.
  • (2) An embodiment containing at least one group selected from an amide group, a urea group, an isocyanate group, a urethane group, an alohanate group, a buret group and an imide group.
  • M 1 represents Si, Ti or Zr, and is preferably Si.
  • M 1 is Si
  • the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved, and the adhesion and reliability of the obtained cured film can be further improved.
  • M 1 is Ti or Zr.
  • mechanical properties such as elongation of the obtained cured film can be further improved.
  • R 1 to R 3 each independently represent Rb 1 or ORb 1
  • Rb 1 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the hydrocarbon group represented by Rb 1 include an aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group, an aliphatic unsaturated hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group and the aliphatic unsaturated hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • an aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group and an aliphatic unsaturated hydrocarbon group are preferable, and an aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group is more preferable.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group is preferably 1-6, more preferably 1-3.
  • R 1 to R 3 is preferably ORb 1 .
  • R 1 to R 3 are each independently ORb 1 because a cured film having more excellent adhesion and reliability can be easily obtained.
  • the type of bond between M 1 and R 1 to R 3 in formula (b1) is not particularly limited, and may be a covalent bond, an ionic bond, or a coordinate bond. Among them, the covalent bond is preferable because a cured film having more excellent adhesion and reliability can be easily obtained.
  • the compound B used in the present invention is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (I).
  • a 1 represents a group generated by heating to generate a basic group
  • L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • M 1 represents Si, Ti or Zr
  • R 1 1 to R 3 each independently represent Rb 1 or ORb 1
  • Rb 1 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • a 1 of the formula (I) represents a group which a basic group forms by heating.
  • the preferable range of A 1 is synonymous with the specific functional group described above.
  • L 1 in formula (I) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an arylene group, —O—, and a group composed of a combination thereof.
  • Specific examples of the compound B include compounds having the following structures.
  • the content of the compound B is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass based on the total solid content of the resin composition.
  • the upper limit is preferably 4% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass or less, further preferably 2% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 1.5% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.05% by mass or more.
  • the content of the compound B is preferably 0.02 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin.
  • the upper limit is preferably 11 parts by mass or less, more preferably 8 parts by mass or less, and further preferably 6 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.05 part by mass or more, more preferably 0.5 part by mass or more, still more preferably 1 part by mass or more.
  • the compound B may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are used, the total is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may further contain a thermal base generator as a component other than the compound B described above.
  • the type of the thermal base generator is not particularly limited, but it is selected from an acidic compound that generates a base when heated to 40 ° C. or higher, and an ammonium salt having an anion having a pKa of 0 to 4 and an ammonium cation. It is preferable to include a thermal base generator containing at least one of By compounding such a compound, the cyclization reaction of the polymer precursor or the like can be carried out at a low temperature. Further, since the thermal base generator does not generate a base unless heated, it can suppress cyclization of the polymer precursor during storage even when it is made to coexist with the polymer precursor, and has excellent storage stability.
  • the thermal base generator contains at least one selected from an acidic compound (A1) that generates a base when heated to 40 ° C. or higher, and an ammonium salt (A2) having an anion having a pKa of 0 to 4 and an ammonium cation. It is preferable.
  • the acidic compound (A1) and the ammonium salt (A2) generate a base when heated, and thus the base generated from these compounds can accelerate the cyclization reaction of the polymer precursor, thereby cyclizing the polymer precursor. It can be done at low temperatures.
  • the solution obtained by stirring means a compound having a value of less than 7 measured at 20 ° C. using a pH (power of hydrogen) meter.
  • the base generation temperature of the thermal base generator used in the present invention is preferably 40 ° C. or higher, more preferably 120 to 200 ° C.
  • the upper limit of the base generation temperature is preferably 190 ° C or lower, more preferably 180 ° C or lower, still more preferably 165 ° C or lower.
  • the lower limit of the base generation temperature is preferably 130 ° C or higher, more preferably 135 ° C or higher.
  • the base generation temperature for example, using differential scanning calorimetry, the compound is heated in a pressure-resistant capsule at 5 ° C./min to 250 ° C., the peak temperature of the lowest exothermic peak is read, and the peak temperature is measured as the base generation temperature. can do.
  • the base generated by the thermal base generator is preferably a secondary amine or a tertiary amine, more preferably a tertiary amine. Since the tertiary amine is highly basic, the cyclization temperature of the polymer precursor can be lowered.
  • the boiling point of the base generated by the thermal base generator is preferably 80 ° C or higher, more preferably 100 ° C or higher, and further preferably 140 ° C or higher.
  • the molecular weight of the generated base is preferably 80 to 2000. The lower limit is more preferably 100 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 500 or less. The value of the molecular weight is a theoretical value obtained from the structural formula.
  • the acidic compound (A1) preferably contains one or more selected from ammonium salts and compounds represented by the formula (101) or (102) described later.
  • the ammonium salt (A2) is preferably an acidic compound.
  • the ammonium salt (A2) may be a compound containing an acidic compound that generates a base when heated to 40 ° C or higher (preferably 120 to 200 ° C), or 40 ° C or higher (preferably 120 to 200 ° C). ) It may be a compound excluding an acidic compound which generates a base when heated.
  • the ammonium salt means a salt of an ammonium cation represented by the following formula (101) or formula (102) and an anion.
  • the anion may be bound to any part of the ammonium cation through a covalent bond and may be present outside the ammonium cation molecule, but may be present outside the ammonium cation molecule. preferable.
  • that the anion has outside the molecule of the ammonium cation means that the ammonium cation and the anion are not bonded via a covalent bond.
  • the anion outside the molecule of the cation portion is also referred to as a counter anion.
  • R 1 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group
  • R 7 represents a hydrocarbon group.
  • R 1 and R 2 , R 3 and R 4 , R 5 and R 6 , and R 5 and R 7 in formulas (101) and (102) may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the ammonium cation is preferably represented by any of the following formulas (Y1-1) to (Y1-5).
  • R 101 represents an n-valent organic group
  • R 1 and R 7 have the same meaning as in formula (101) or formula (102).
  • Ar 101 and Ar 102 each independently represent an aryl group
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more
  • m represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • the ammonium salt preferably has an anion having a pKa of 0 to 4 and an ammonium cation.
  • the upper limit of the pKa of the anion is more preferably 3.5 or less and even more preferably 3.2 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5 or more, more preferably 1.0 or more.
  • the type of anion is preferably one selected from a carboxylate anion, a phenol anion, a phosphate anion and a sulfate anion, and a carboxylate anion is more preferable because the stability of the salt and the thermal decomposability can be compatible. That is, the ammonium salt is more preferably a salt of an ammonium cation and a carboxylate anion.
  • the carboxylic acid anion is preferably an anion of a divalent or higher carboxylic acid having two or more carboxyl groups, and more preferably a divalent carboxylic acid anion.
  • the stability, curability and developability of the resin composition can be further improved by using the anion of divalent carboxylic acid.
  • the carboxylic acid anion is preferably an anion of a carboxylic acid having a pKa of 4 or less.
  • the pKa is more preferably 3.5 or less and even more preferably 3.2 or less.
  • the stability of the resin composition can be further improved.
  • pKa represents the logarithm of the reciprocal of the dissociation constant of the proton of an acid, and is known as Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods (author: Brown, H.
  • the carboxylate anion is preferably represented by the following formula (X1).
  • EWG represents an electron-withdrawing group.
  • the electron-withdrawing group means that the Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ m exhibits a positive value.
  • ⁇ m is as described in Yuho Tsuno, Review of Organic Synthetic Chemistry, Vol. 23, No. 8 (1965) p. 631-642.
  • the electron-withdrawing group in the present embodiment is not limited to the substituents described in the above documents.
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • Ac represents an acetyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • EWG is preferably a group represented by the following formulas (EWG-1) to (EWG-6).
  • R x1 to R x3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group, and Ar is an aromatic group.
  • the carboxylate anion is preferably represented by the following formula (XA).
  • Formula (XA) L 10 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group selected from an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an aromatic group, —NR X — and a combination thereof, and R X represents a hydrogen atom. Represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aryl group.
  • carboxylate anion examples include maleate anion, phthalate anion, N-phenyliminodiacetic acid anion and oxalate anion. These can be preferably used.
  • the content of the thermal base generator is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, still more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, further preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the thermal base generator can use 1 type (s) or 2 or more types. When two or more kinds are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a photosensitizer.
  • the photosensitizer include a photopolymerization initiator, and may further include, for example, a photocuring accelerator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator used for the photosensitizer is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • the photo radical polymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photo radical polymerization initiators.
  • a photoradical polymerization initiator having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferable. Further, it may be an activator that produces an active radical by causing some action with the photoexcited sensitizer.
  • the photoradical polymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar extinction coefficient of at least about 50 in the range of about 300 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm).
  • the molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure with an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g / L.
  • any known compound can be used.
  • halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives for example, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.
  • acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, hexaarylbiimidazole, oxime derivatives, etc.
  • ketone compound examples include the compounds described in paragraph 0087 of JP-A-2005-087611, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Kayacure DETX manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. is also preferably used.
  • a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and an acylphosphine compound can also be preferably used. More specifically, for example, an aminoacetophenone-based initiator described in JP-A-10-291969 and an acylphosphine oxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used.
  • a hydroxyacetophenone initiator IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR 1173, IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE-2959, IRGACURE 127 (trade name: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
  • aminoacetophenone-based initiator commercially available products IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
  • aminoacetophenone-based initiator the compound described in JP-A 2009-191179 in which the absorption maximum wavelength is matched with a wavelength light source of 365 nm or 405 nm can also be used.
  • the acylphosphine-based initiator include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide.
  • IRGACURE-819 and IRGACURE-TPO commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819 and IRGACURE-TPO (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
  • metallocene compound include IRGACURE-784 (manufactured by BASF).
  • An oxime compound is more preferred as the photo-radical polymerization initiator.
  • the exposure latitude can be more effectively improved.
  • Oxime compounds are particularly preferable because they have a wide exposure latitude (exposure margin) and also act as a photocuring accelerator.
  • oxime compounds the compounds described in JP 2001-233842 A, the compounds described in JP 2000-080068 A, and the compounds described in JP 2006-342166 A can be used.
  • Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, compounds having the following structures, 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, and 2-acetoxy.
  • an oxime compound oxime-based photopolymerization initiator
  • the oxime-based photopolymerization initiator is a compound having a> C ⁇ N—O—C ( ⁇ O) — linking group in the molecule.
  • IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02, IRGACURE OXE 03, IRGACURE OXE 04 (above, manufactured by BASF), Adeka Optimer N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA, Inc., JP 2012-014052 A)
  • the radical polymerization initiator 2 is also preferably used.
  • TR-PBG-304 manufactured by Changzhou Power Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.
  • ADEKA ARCRUZ NCI-831 and ADEKA ARCRUZ NCI-930 can also be used.
  • DFI-091 manufactured by Daito Chemix Co., Ltd.
  • DFI-091 manufactured by Daito Chemix Co., Ltd.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorine atom include the compounds described in JP 2010-262028 A, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in paragraph 0345 of JP-A-2014-500852, and JP 2013-2013 A.
  • the compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of JP-A-164471 can be mentioned.
  • the most preferable oxime compound includes oxime compounds having a specific substituent described in JP-A 2007-269779 and oxime compounds having a thioaryl group described in JP-A 2009-191061.
  • the photoradical polymerization initiator is a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyldimethylketal compound, an ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a triaryl, from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity.
  • Photoradical polymerization initiators are trihalomethyltriazine compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds, At least one compound selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyltriazine compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, and benzophenone compounds is more preferable, metallocene compounds or oxime compounds are even more preferable, and oxime compounds are more preferable. Are even more preferred.
  • the photo-radical polymerization initiators are benzophenone, N, N'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone (Michler's ketone) and other N, N'-tetraalkyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenones, 2-benzyl.
  • Aromatic ketones such as -2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1,2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholino-propanone-1 and alkylanthraquinones It is also possible to use quinones condensed with the aromatic ring, a benzoin ether compound such as benzoin alkyl ether, a benzoin compound such as benzoin and alkylbenzoin, and a benzyl derivative such as benzyldimethylketal. Moreover, the compound represented by the following formula (I) can also be used.
  • R I00 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, C1-C20 alkyl group, C1-C12 alkoxyl group, halogen atom, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, C2-C12 alkenyl group, C2-C interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms 18 alkyl group and at least one substituted phenyl group of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a biphenyl,
  • R I01 is a group represented by formula (II), the same as R I00 R I02 to R I04 each independently represent alkyl having 1 to 12 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 12 carbons, or halogen.
  • R I05 to R I07 are the same as R I02 to R I04 in the above formula
  • the photopolymerization initiator When the photopolymerization initiator is contained, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. %, More preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass, and even more preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass.
  • the photopolymerization initiator may contain only one type, or may contain two or more types. When two or more photopolymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal radical polymerization initiator.
  • the thermal radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates a radical by the energy of heat and initiates or accelerates the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound. By adding the thermal radical polymerization initiator, the polymerization reaction of the polymer precursor can be progressed together with the cyclization of the polymer precursor, so that higher heat resistance can be achieved.
  • Specific examples of the thermal radical polymerization initiator include compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of JP 2008-063554 A.
  • thermal radical polymerization initiator When the thermal radical polymerization initiator is contained, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. %, And more preferably 5 to 15% by mass.
  • the thermal radical polymerization initiator may contain only one type, or may contain two or more types. When two or more thermal polymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound.
  • a radically polymerizable compound can be used as the polymerizable compound.
  • the radically polymerizable compound is a compound having a radically polymerizable group. Examples of the radically polymerizable group include groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as vinyl group, allyl group, vinylphenyl group and (meth) acryloyl group.
  • the radically polymerizable group is preferably a (meth) acryloyl group.
  • the number of radically polymerizable groups contained in the radically polymerizable compound may be 1 or 2 or more, but the radically polymerizable compound preferably has 2 or more radically polymerizable groups, and preferably 3 or more. More preferable.
  • the upper limit is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and further preferably 8 or less.
  • the molecular weight of the radically polymerizable compound is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less, still more preferably 900 or less.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of the radically polymerizable compound is preferably 100 or more.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one bifunctional or more radically polymerizable compound containing two or more polymerizable groups, and at least one trifunctional or more functional radically polymerizable compound. It is more preferable to include a seed. Further, it may be a mixture of a bifunctional radically polymerizable compound and a trifunctional or higher functional radically polymerizable compound.
  • the number of functional groups of the radically polymerizable compound means the number of radically polymerizable groups in one molecule.
  • the radically polymerizable compound include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) and esters thereof, and amides thereof, and preferably, They are esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric alcohol compounds, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric amine compounds.
  • unsaturated carboxylic acids for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.
  • a dehydration condensation reaction product with a functional carboxylic acid is also preferably used.
  • addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group or an epoxy group with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, thiols, and halogen groups.
  • Substitution products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a leaving substituent such as or tosyloxy group with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols are also suitable.
  • the descriptions in paragraphs 0113 to 0122 of JP-A-2016-027357 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the radical polymerizable compound is also preferably a compound having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher under normal pressure.
  • examples thereof include polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolethane tri (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol.
  • Polyfunctional acrylates and methacrylates such as polyester acrylates and epoxy acrylates, which are reaction products of epoxy resin and (meth) acrylic acid, and mixtures thereof, which are described in JP-B-52-30490. You can Further, the compounds described in paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP-A 2008-292970 are also suitable.
  • a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate obtained by reacting a polyfunctional carboxylic acid with a compound having a cyclic ether group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate and an ethylenically unsaturated bond can also be mentioned.
  • ethylenically unsaturated bonds having a fluorene ring which are described in JP 2010-160418 A, JP 2010-129825 A, JP 4364216 A, and the like. It is also possible to use a compound having two or more groups having a or a cardo resin.
  • JP-B-46-043946, JP-B-01-040337, and JP-B-01-040336, and JP-A-02-025493 are described.
  • the vinyl phosphonic acid-based compounds can also be used.
  • the compounds containing a perfluoroalkyl group described in JP-A No. 61-022048 can also be used.
  • the Japan Adhesive Association magazine, vol. 20, No. The compounds introduced as photopolymerizable monomers and oligomers on pages 7, 300 to 308 (1984) can also be used.
  • dipentaerythritol triacrylate commercially available KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate commercially available KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku (Nippon Kayaku) Ltd.
  • A-TMMT Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate commercially available KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • dipentaerythritol hexa metal
  • radically polymerizable compounds examples include SR-494, which is a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains manufactured by Sartomer, and SR-209, which is a bifunctional methacrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains, manufactured by Sartomer. 231, 239, DPCA-60, which is a hexafunctional acrylate having 6 pentyleneoxy chains, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., TPA-330, which is a trifunctional acrylate having 3 isobutyleneoxy chains, and urethane oligomer UAS-.
  • Examples of the radically polymerizable compound include urethane acrylates such as those described in JP-B-48-041708, JP-A-51-037193, JP-B-02-032293, and JP-B-02-016765.
  • the urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-B-58-049860, JP-B-56-017654, JP-B-62-039417 and JP-B-62-039418 are also suitable.
  • compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule which are described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909 and JP-A-01-105238, can be used. It can also be used.
  • the radically polymerizable compound may be a radically polymerizable compound having an acid group such as a carboxyl group and a phosphoric acid group.
  • the radically polymerizable compound having an acid group is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride to produce an acid.
  • a radically polymerizable compound having a group is more preferable.
  • the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound in which an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride to have an acid group, is pentaerythritol or dipenta A compound that is erythritol.
  • examples of commercially available products include polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. such as M-510 and M-520.
  • the acid value of the radically polymerizable compound having an acid group is preferably 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, particularly preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g. When the acid value of the radically polymerizable compound is within the above range, the production and handling properties are excellent, and further, the developability is excellent. Also, the polymerizability is good.
  • a monofunctional radical-polymerizable compound can be preferably used as the radical-polymerizable compound from the viewpoint of suppressing warpage associated with controlling the elastic modulus of the cured film.
  • the monofunctional radically polymerizable compound include n-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, carbitol (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl ( (Meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, N-methylol (meth) acrylamide, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate and the like (meth) ) Acrylic acid derivatives, N-vin
  • the resin composition of the present invention may further contain a polymerizable compound other than the above-mentioned radically polymerizable compound.
  • a polymerizable compound other than the radically polymerizable compound described above include compounds having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group; epoxy compounds; oxetane compounds; and benzoxazine compounds.
  • the compound having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (AM1), (AM4) or (AM5).
  • t represents an integer of 1 to 20
  • R 104 represents a t-valent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms
  • R 105 represents a group represented by —OR 106 or —OCO—R 107.
  • R 106 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • R 107 represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R 404 represents a divalent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms
  • R 405 represents a group represented by —OR 406 or —OCO—R 407
  • R 406 represents a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom
  • R 407 represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • u represents an integer of 3 to 8
  • R 504 represents a u-valent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms
  • R 505 represents a group represented by —OR 506 or —OCO—R 507.
  • R 506 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • R 507 represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (AM4) include 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd.), DML-MBPC, DML-MBOC, DML-OCHP, DML-PCHP, DML-PC, DML-.
  • specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (AM5) include TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPA, TMOM-BP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP, HMOM-TPPHBA, HMOM-TPHAP (manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), TM-BIP-A (manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd.), NIKALAC MX-280, NIKALAC MX-270, NIKALAC MW-. 100 LM (manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.) may be mentioned.
  • Epoxy Compound (Compound Having Epoxy Group)
  • the epoxy compound is preferably a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule.
  • the epoxy group undergoes a cross-linking reaction at 200 ° C. or lower, and a dehydration reaction due to the cross-linking does not occur, so that the film shrinkage hardly occurs. Therefore, the inclusion of the epoxy compound is effective for curing the composition at low temperature and suppressing warpage.
  • the epoxy compound preferably contains a polyethylene oxide group.
  • the polyethylene oxide group means that the number of constitutional units of ethylene oxide is 2 or more, and the number of constitutional units is preferably 2 to 15.
  • epoxy compound examples include bisphenol A type epoxy resin; bisphenol F type epoxy resin; alkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as propylene glycol diglycidyl ether; polyalkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether; polymethyl (glycidyl Examples include, but are not limited to, epoxy group-containing silicones such as loxypropyl) siloxane.
  • Epiclon (registered trademark) 850-S Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-4032, Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-7200, Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-820, Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-4700, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4710, epicuron (registered trademark) HP-4770, epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-859CRP, epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-1514, epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4880, epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4850-150, Epiclon EXA-4850-1000, Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4816, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4822 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Licaresin (registered trademark) BEO-60E (Nippon Rika) Ltd.), EP-4003S, EP-4 And the like 00S ((Lt) 850
  • an epoxy resin containing a polyethylene oxide group is preferable in terms of suppression of warpage and excellent heat resistance.
  • Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4880, Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4822, and Lycaledin (registered trademark) BEO-60E are preferable because they contain a polyethylene oxide group.
  • oxetane compound (compound having oxetanyl group)
  • oxetane compound a compound having two or more oxetane rings in one molecule, 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxetane, 1,4-bis ⁇ [(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methoxy] methyl ⁇ benzene, Examples thereof include 3-ethyl-3- (2-ethylhexylmethyl) oxetane and 1,4-benzenedicarboxylic acid-bis [(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl] ester.
  • the Aron oxetane series manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. (for example, OXT-121, OXT-221, OXT-191, OXT-223) can be preferably used, and these can be used alone or You may mix 2 or more types.
  • benzoxazine compound (compound having benzoxazolyl group)
  • the benzoxazine compound is preferable because it does not generate degas during curing because it is a cross-linking reaction derived from a ring-opening addition reaction and further suppresses thermal contraction to suppress warpage.
  • benzoxazine compound examples include Ba type benzoxazine, Bm type benzoxazine (manufactured by Shikoku Chemicals Co., Ltd.), benzoxazine adduct of polyhydroxystyrene resin, and phenol novolac type dihydrobenzoxazine compound. . These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the polymerizable compound When the polymerizable compound is contained, its content is preferably more than 0% by mass and 60% by mass or less based on the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less, and further preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • the radical polymerizable compound When the radical polymerizable compound is contained, its content is preferably more than 0% by mass and 60% by mass or less based on the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less, and further preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • the polymerizable compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are used in combination, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
  • Any known solvent can be used as the solvent.
  • the solvent is preferably an organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, aromatic hydrocarbons, sulfoxides and amides.
  • the esters include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, ⁇ -butyrolactone, ⁇ -caprolactone.
  • alkyl alkyloxyacetate eg methyl alkyloxyacetate, ethyl alkyloxyacetate, butyl alkyloxyacetate (eg methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate etc. )
  • 3-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters eg, methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, etc.
  • ethers include diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol.
  • Suitable examples include monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, and propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate.
  • ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone and the like.
  • suitable aromatic hydrocarbons include toluene, xylene, anisole, and limonene.
  • suitable sulfoxides include dimethyl sulfoxide.
  • Preferred amides include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide and the like.
  • the solvent is preferably a mixture of two or more kinds.
  • One solvent selected from butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, or composed of two or more solvents Mixed solvents are preferred.
  • the combined use of dimethyl sulfoxide and ⁇ -butyrolactone is particularly preferred.
  • the content of the solvent is preferably such that the total solid content concentration of the resin composition of the present invention is 5 to 80% by mass, and preferably 5 to 75% by mass.
  • the amount is more preferably 10 to 70% by mass, still more preferably 40 to 70% by mass.
  • the solvent content may be adjusted according to the desired thickness and coating method.
  • the solvent may contain only 1 type, and may contain 2 or more types. When two or more kinds of solvents are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a migration inhibitor.
  • a migration inhibitor By including the migration inhibitor, it is possible to effectively suppress the migration of metal ions derived from the metal layer (metal wiring) into the resin composition layer.
  • the migration inhibitor is not particularly limited, but a heterocycle (pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoxazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring, Compounds having pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, piperidine ring, piperazine ring, morpholine ring, 2H-pyran ring and 6H-pyran ring, triazine ring), compounds having thioureas and sulfanyl groups, hindered phenol compounds , Salicylic acid derivative compounds
  • an ion trap agent that traps anions such as halogen ions can be used.
  • Other migration inhibitors include rust preventives described in paragraph 0094 of JP2013-015701A, compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of JP2009-283711, and JP2011-059656A.
  • the compounds described in Paragraph 0052, the compounds described in Paragraphs 0114, 0116 and 0118 of JP 2012-194520 A, the compounds described in Paragraph 0166 of WO 2015/199219 and the like can be used.
  • the migration inhibitor include the following compounds.
  • the content of the migration inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5.0 mass% with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition, and 0.05 to 2 It is more preferably 0.0% by mass, and further preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass. Only one type of migration inhibitor may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more migration inhibitors are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor.
  • the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, p-tert-butylcatechol, 1,4-benzoquinone, diphenyl-p-benzoquinone, 4,4 ′.
  • -Thiobis (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt, phenothiazine, N-nitrosodiphenylamine , N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, glycol etherdiaminetetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1 -Nitroso 2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5- (N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamino) phenol, N-nitroso-N- (1-naphthyl) hydroxyamine ammonium salt, bis (4 -Hydroxy-3,5-
  • polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0060 of JP-A-2015-127817 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0046 of WO 2015/125469 can also be used. Further, the following compounds can be used (Me is a methyl group).
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5 mass% with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention, and 0 The content is more preferably 0.02 to 3% by mass, further preferably 0.05 to 2.5% by mass. Only one type of polymerization inhibitor may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more polymerization inhibitors are used, the total is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is, if necessary, various additives such as a thermal acid generator, a sensitizing dye, a chain transfer agent, a surfactant, and a higher fatty acid derivative, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • various additives such as a thermal acid generator, a sensitizing dye, a chain transfer agent, a surfactant, and a higher fatty acid derivative, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • Inorganic particles, a curing agent, a curing catalyst, a filler, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, an agglomeration inhibitor and the like can be added.
  • the total blending amount is preferably 3% by mass or less of the solid content of the composition.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal acid generator.
  • the content of the thermal acid generator is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. By including 0.01 part by mass or more of the thermal acid generator, the crosslinking reaction and the cyclization of the polymer precursor are promoted, so that the mechanical properties and chemical resistance of the cured film can be further improved.
  • the content of the thermal acid generator is preferably 20 parts by mass or less, more preferably 15 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, from the viewpoint of electric insulation of the cured film. Only one thermal acid generator may be used, or two or more thermal acid generators may be used. When two or more kinds are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a sensitizing dye.
  • the sensitizing dye absorbs specific actinic radiation to be in an electronically excited state.
  • the electron-excited sensitizing dye is brought into contact with a thermal curing accelerator, a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photoradical polymerization initiator, and the like, and effects such as electron transfer, energy transfer, and heat generation occur.
  • the thermosetting accelerator, the thermal radical polymerization initiator, and the photoradical polymerization initiator undergo a chemical change and decompose to generate a radical, an acid, or a base.
  • the description in paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of JP-A-2016-027357 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
  • the content of the sensitizing dye is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass% with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention, The amount is more preferably 1 to 15% by mass, further preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass.
  • the sensitizing dyes may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent.
  • the chain transfer agent is defined, for example, in Polymer Dictionary, Third Edition (edited by The Polymer Society of Japan, 2005), pages 683-684.
  • As the chain transfer agent for example, a compound group having SH, PH, SiH, and GeH in the molecule is used. These can donate hydrogen to a low activity radical to generate a radical, or can generate a radical by being deprotonated after being oxidized. Particularly, a thiol compound can be preferably used.
  • the chain transfer agent the compounds described in paragraphs 0152 to 0153 of WO 2015/199219 can also be used.
  • the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention, and 1 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 1 to 5 parts by mass is further preferable. Only one type of chain transfer agent may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more chain transfer agents are used, it is preferable that the total thereof is within the above range.
  • surfactant From the viewpoint of further improving the coatability, various kinds of surfactants may be added to the resin composition of the present invention.
  • various kinds of surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used.
  • the following surfactants are also preferable.
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0159 to 0165 of WO 2015/199219 can also be used.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 2.0 mass% with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. , And more preferably 0.005 to 1.0 mass%.
  • the surfactant may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds of surfactants are used, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is added with a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide in order to prevent polymerization inhibition due to oxygen, and is unevenly distributed on the surface of the composition during the drying process after coating. You may let me. Further, as the higher fatty acid derivative, the compound described in paragraph 0155 of WO 2015/199219 can also be used.
  • the content of the higher fatty acid derivative is preferably 0.1 to 10 mass% with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. Only one type of higher fatty acid derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more higher fatty acid derivatives are used, the total of them is preferably within the above range.
  • the water content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5% by mass, more preferably less than 1% by mass, and even more preferably less than 0.6% by mass from the viewpoint of the properties of the coated surface.
  • the resin composition of the present invention has a halogen atom content of preferably less than 500 mass ppm, more preferably less than 300 mass ppm, and less than 200 mass ppm from the viewpoint of wiring corrosivity. Is more preferable. Among them, those existing in the state of halogen ions are preferably less than 5 mass ppm, more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm.
  • the halogen atom include chlorine atom and bromine atom. It is preferable that the total of chlorine atom and bromine atom, or the total of chlorine ion and bromine ion be in the above ranges.
  • a conventionally known container can be used as a container for the resin composition of the present invention.
  • a multi-layer bottle in which the inner wall of the container is composed of 6 kinds of 6 layers of resin, or 6 kinds of resin of 7 layers structure is used for the purpose of suppressing the mixing of impurities into raw materials and compositions. It is also preferable to use a bottle.
  • a container for example, the container described in JP-A-2015-123351 can be mentioned.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above components.
  • the mixing method is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known method can be used. Further, it is preferable to perform filtration using a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matters such as dust and fine particles in the composition.
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or less, still more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less.
  • the material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
  • the filter may be washed with an organic solvent in advance. In the filter filtration step, plural kinds of filters may be connected in series or in parallel and used.
  • filters having different pore diameters or materials may be used in combination.
  • various materials may be filtered multiple times.
  • circulating filtration may be used.
  • you may pressurize and may perform filtration.
  • the pressurizing pressure is preferably 0.05 MPa or more and 0.3 MPa or less.
  • a treatment for removing impurities using an adsorbent may be performed. Filter filtration and impurity removal treatment using an adsorbent may be combined.
  • a known adsorbent can be used as the adsorbent. Examples thereof include inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
  • the cured film of the present invention is obtained by curing the resin composition of the present invention.
  • the thickness of the cured film of the present invention can be, for example, 0.5 ⁇ m or more, and can be 1 ⁇ m or more. Further, the upper limit value may be 100 ⁇ m or less, and may be 30 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of the cured film of the present invention is preferably 1 to 30 ⁇ m.
  • Two or more layers of the cured film of the present invention, or 3 to 7 layers may be laminated to form a laminate.
  • the laminate having two or more cured films of the present invention preferably has a metal layer between the cured films.
  • Such a metal layer is preferably used as a metal wiring such as a rewiring layer.
  • the fields to which the cured film of the present invention can be applied include insulating films of semiconductor devices, interlayer insulating films for rewiring layers, stress buffer films, and the like.
  • a sealing film, a substrate material (a base film or a coverlay of a flexible printed board, an interlayer insulating film), or an insulating film for mounting as described above may be patterned by etching.
  • the cured film according to the present invention can also be used for production of printing plates such as offset printing plates or screen printing plates, use for etching molded parts, and production of protective lacquers and dielectric layers in electronics, especially microelectronics.
  • the method for producing a cured film of the present invention includes using the resin composition of the present invention. Specifically, it is preferable to include the following steps (a) to (d).
  • the exposed resin layer can be further cured by heating. .
  • the method for producing a laminate according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention includes the method for producing a cured film of the present invention.
  • the step (a) or the steps (a) to (c) or (a) is performed again.
  • )-(D) are performed.
  • a metal layer on the portion where the cured film is provided, between the cured films, or both.
  • a laminated body of cured films can be obtained by performing the step (1) a plurality of times.
  • a manufacturing method includes a film forming step (layer forming step) of applying a resin composition to a substrate to form a film (layer).
  • the type of substrate can be appropriately determined according to the application, but semiconductor production substrates such as silicon, silicon nitride, polysilicon, silicon oxide, and amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical films, ceramic materials, vapor deposition films, magnetic films , A reflective film, a metal substrate of Ni, Cu, Cr, Fe or the like, paper, SOG (Spin On Glass), a TFT (thin film transistor) array substrate, an electrode plate of a plasma display panel (PDP), etc. are not particularly limited.
  • a semiconductor manufacturing substrate is particularly preferable, and a silicon substrate is more preferable. It is also preferable that the substrate is a substrate capable of forming a covalent bond with the compound B by a chemical reaction.
  • the resin composition layer is formed on the surface of the resin layer or the surface of the metal layer, the resin layer or the metal layer serves as the substrate.
  • coating is preferable. Specifically, as the applying means, a dip coating method, an air knife coating method, a curtain coating method, a wire bar coating method, a gravure coating method, an extrusion coating method, a spray coating method, a spin coating method, a slit coating method, And the inkjet method and the like.
  • the spin coating method, the slit coating method, the spray coating method, and the inkjet method are more preferable.
  • a resin layer having a desired thickness can be obtained by adjusting an appropriate solid content concentration and coating conditions according to the method.
  • the coating method can be appropriately selected depending on the shape of the substrate. For circular substrates such as wafers, the spin coating method, spray coating method, inkjet method, etc. are preferable, and for rectangular substrates, the slit coating method, spray coating method, inkjet method, etc. The method is preferred. In the case of the spin coating method, for example, it can be applied at a rotation speed of 500 to 2000 rpm for about 10 seconds to 1 minute.
  • the production method of the present invention may include a step of forming a resin composition layer, followed by a film forming step (layer forming step), and then drying to remove the solvent.
  • the preferred drying temperature is 50 to 150 ° C, more preferably 70 ° C to 130 ° C, even more preferably 90 ° C to 110 ° C.
  • the drying time is, for example, 30 seconds to 20 minutes, preferably 1 minute to 10 minutes, more preferably 3 minutes to 7 minutes.
  • the production method of the present invention may include an exposure step of exposing the resin composition layer.
  • the exposure amount is not particularly limited as long as the resin composition can be cured, but, for example, 100 to 10000 mJ / cm 2 is preferable in terms of exposure energy at a wavelength of 365 nm, and 200 to 8000 mJ / cm 2 is preferable. More preferable.
  • the exposure wavelength can be appropriately set within the range of 190 to 1000 nm, and is preferably 240 to 550 nm.
  • the exposure wavelength is (1) semiconductor laser (wavelength 830 nm, 532 nm, 488 nm, 405 nm etc.), (2) metal halide lamp, (3) high pressure mercury lamp, g-line (wavelength 436 nm), h Line (wavelength 405 nm), i line (wavelength 365 nm), broad (3 wavelengths of g, h and i lines), (4) excimer laser, KrF excimer laser (wavelength 248 nm), ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193 nm), F2 excimer Laser (wavelength 157 nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet rays; EUV (wavelength 13.6 nm), (6) electron beam and the like can be mentioned.
  • exposure with a high pressure mercury lamp is particularly preferable, and exposure with i-line is particularly preferable. Thereby, a particularly high exposure sensitivity can be obtained.
  • the production method of the present invention may include a development treatment step of performing development treatment on the exposed resin composition layer.
  • a development treatment step of performing development treatment on the exposed resin composition layer By developing, the unexposed portion (non-exposed portion) is removed.
  • the developing method is not particularly limited as long as a desired pattern can be formed, and for example, a developing method such as paddle, spray, dipping, ultrasonic wave, etc. can be adopted.
  • Development is performed using a developer.
  • the developer can be used without particular limitation as long as the unexposed portion (non-exposed portion) is removed.
  • the developer preferably contains an organic solvent, and more preferably the developer contains 90% or more of the organic solvent.
  • the developing solution preferably contains an organic solvent having a ClogP value of -1 to 5, and more preferably an organic solvent having a ClogP value of 0 to 3.
  • the ClogP value can be obtained as a calculated value by inputting a structural formula in ChemBioDraw.
  • the organic solvent include esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, ⁇ -butyrolactone.
  • alkyl alkyloxyacetate eg, methyl alkyloxyacetate, ethyl alkyloxyacetate, butyl alkyloxyacetate (for example, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, Ethyl acetate, etc.)
  • 3-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters eg, methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, etc. (eg, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-methoxypropionate, etc.
  • the ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and the like, and aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, anisole and limonene.
  • Preferred examples of the sulfoxides include dimethyl sulfoxide.
  • cyclopentanone and ⁇ -butyrolactone are particularly preferable, and cyclopentanone is more preferable.
  • 50% by mass or more of the developer is preferably an organic solvent, more preferably 70% by mass or more of the organic solvent, and further preferably 90% by mass or more of the organic solvent. Further, the developing solution may be 100% by mass of an organic solvent.
  • the developing time is preferably 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
  • the temperature of the developing solution at the time of development is not particularly limited, but it is usually 20 to 40 ° C.
  • rinsing may be further performed. Rinsing is preferably performed in a solvent different from the developing solution. For example, rinsing can be performed using the solvent contained in the resin composition.
  • the rinse time is preferably 5 seconds to 1 minute.
  • the production method of the present invention preferably includes a heating step after the film forming step (layer forming step), the drying step, or the developing step. Particularly when a resin containing a polymer precursor is used, it is preferable to include a heating step. In the heating step, the cyclization reaction of the polymer precursor can proceed.
  • the heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) of the layer in the heating step is preferably 50 ° C or higher, more preferably 80 ° C or higher, even more preferably 140 ° C or higher, and 150 ° C or higher. Is more preferable, 160 ° C. or higher is even more preferable, and 170 ° C. or higher is even more preferable.
  • the upper limit is preferably 500 ° C or lower, more preferably 450 ° C or lower, further preferably 350 ° C or lower, further preferably 250 ° C or lower, and 220 ° C or lower. Even more preferable.
  • the heating is preferably performed at a temperature rising rate of 1 to 12 ° C./min from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 10 ° C./min, and further preferably 3 to 10 ° C./min.
  • the temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20 ° C to 150 ° C, more preferably 20 ° C to 130 ° C, and further preferably 25 ° C to 120 ° C.
  • the temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at which the step of heating to the maximum heating temperature is started.
  • the temperature of the film (layer) after the drying is, for example, 30 to 200 ° C. lower than the boiling point of the solvent contained in the resin composition. It is preferable to gradually raise the temperature.
  • the heating time (heating time at the maximum heating temperature) is preferably 10 to 360 minutes, more preferably 20 to 300 minutes, and further preferably 30 to 240 minutes.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 180 ° C to 320 ° C, more preferably 180 ° C to 260 ° C. The reason for this is not clear, but it is considered that at this temperature, the ethynyl groups of the interpolymer interlayer precursors are undergoing a crosslinking reaction.
  • the heating may be performed in stages. As an example, the temperature is raised from 25 ° C to 180 ° C at 3 ° C / min, held at 180 ° C for 60 minutes, raised from 180 ° C to 200 ° C at 2 ° C / min, and held at 200 ° C for 120 minutes.
  • a pretreatment step such as, may be performed.
  • the heating temperature in the pretreatment step is preferably 100 to 200 ° C, more preferably 110 to 190 ° C, and further preferably 120 to 185 ° C.
  • the pretreatment step may be performed in a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, more preferably 15 seconds to 30 minutes.
  • the pretreatment may be performed in two or more steps.
  • the pretreatment step 1 may be performed in the range of 100 to 150 ° C.
  • the pretreatment step 2 may be performed in the range of 150 to 200 ° C. Further, it may be cooled after heating, and the cooling rate in this case is preferably 1 to 5 ° C./minute.
  • the heating process is preferably performed in an atmosphere of low oxygen concentration by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, or argon from the viewpoint of preventing decomposition of the resin.
  • the oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm (volume ratio) or less, more preferably 20 ppm (volume ratio) or less.
  • the production method of the present invention preferably includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the surface of the resin composition layer after the development treatment.
  • the metal layer is not particularly limited, it is possible to use existing metal species, copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold and tungsten are exemplified, more preferably copper and aluminum, copper is More preferable.
  • the method for forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and an existing method can be applied. For example, the methods described in JP-A-2007-157879, JP-A-2001-521288, JP-A-2004-214501 and JP-A-2004-101850 can be used.
  • the thickness of the metal layer is preferably 0.1 to 50 ⁇ m, and more preferably 1 to 10 ⁇ m in the thickest part.
  • the manufacturing method of the present invention preferably further includes a laminating step.
  • the laminating step means, on the surface of the cured film (resin layer) or the metal layer, again (a) a film forming step (layer forming step), (b) exposure step, (c) development processing step, (d) heating step. Is carried out in this order.
  • the mode may be such that only the film forming step of (a) is repeated.
  • the heating step (d) may be collectively performed at the end or the middle of the lamination. That is, the steps of (a) to (c) may be repeated a predetermined number of times, and then the heating of (d) may be performed to collectively cure the laminated resin composition layers.
  • the developing step may include (e) the metal layer forming step, and even at this time, even if the heating (d) is performed each time, after the layers are laminated a predetermined number of times, the steps (d) are collectively performed. You may heat.
  • the laminating step may further include the above-mentioned drying step, heating step and the like as appropriate.
  • a surface activation treatment step may be further performed after the heating step, the exposure step, or the metal layer forming step.
  • a plasma treatment is exemplified as the surface activation treatment.
  • the laminating step is preferably performed 2 to 5 times, more preferably 3 to 5 times.
  • the resin layer has 3 or more and 7 or less layers such as resin layer / metal layer / resin layer / metal layer / resin layer / metal layer, and more preferably 3 or more and 5 layers or less.
  • a cured film (resin layer) of the resin composition is further formed so as to cover the metal layer.
  • a mode in which (a) film forming step, (b) exposure step, (c) developing step, (e) metal layer forming step, (d) heating step is repeated in this order, or (a) film forming A mode in which the steps, (b) exposure step, (c) development step, (e) metal layer formation step are repeated in this order, and (d) heating step is collectively provided at the end or in the middle is mentioned.
  • the present invention also discloses a semiconductor device having the cured film or laminate of the present invention.
  • the semiconductor device in which the resin composition of the present invention is used for forming the interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer the description in paragraphs 0213 to 0218 of JP-A-2016-027357 and the description in FIG. 1 can be referred to. These contents are incorporated herein.
  • B-101: compound having the following structure (pKa 12.47)
  • B-1 to B-7 are compounds containing a group which forms a basic group when heated. The basic group generation temperature of B-1 to B-7 is 160 ° C or higher.
  • B-101 to B-103 are compounds that do not contain a group that is heated to generate a basic group.
  • F-1 KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
  • F-2 SR-209 (manufactured by Arkema)
  • G-1 4-methoxyphenol (polymerization inhibitor)
  • G-2 1,4-benzoquinone (polymerization inhibitor)
  • G-3 Compound of the following structure (thermal base generator)
  • Viscosity fluctuation rate (%)
  • Viscosity variation is 5% or more
  • the resin composition was applied in layers by a spin coating method on a copper substrate to form a resin composition layer.
  • the copper substrate to which the obtained resin composition layer was applied was dried on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes to form a resin composition layer having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m on the copper substrate.
  • This resin composition layer was exposed using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C) with an exposure energy of 500 mJ / cm 2 using a 100 ⁇ m square photomask, and then developed with cyclopentanone for 60 seconds to obtain 100 ⁇ m. A tetragonal resin layer was obtained.
  • a cured film was formed by the same method as the evaluation of adhesion.
  • the obtained cured film was left to stand in an environment of 121 ° C. and 100% relative humidity (RH) for 1000 hours using a high-acceleration life tester (PC-422R8D, Hirayama Seisakusho) to perform a reliability test.
  • RH relative humidity
  • PC-422R8D Hirayama Seisakusho
  • the peeling force between the copper substrate and the cured film was measured using a bond tester (CondorSigma, manufactured by XYZTEC).
  • a 200 ⁇ m needle was used and the peeling speed was 10 ⁇ m / S, and the distance between the copper substrate and the needle was 2 ⁇ m.
  • Adhesion force reduction rate 100 ⁇ ⁇ 1- (Peeling force of cured film after reliability test / Peeling force of cured film before reliability test) ⁇ A: Adhesion reduction rate is less than 1% B: Adhesion reduction rate is 1% or more and less than 3% C: Adhesion reduction rate is 3% or more and less than 10% D: Adhesion reduction rate is 10% or more
  • a resin composition was spin-coated on a silicon wafer or the like so that the film thickness after curing was about 10 ⁇ m, dried, and then heated using a temperature-programmed curing furnace (VF-2000 type, manufactured by Koyo Lindbergh).
  • VF-2000 type manufactured by Koyo Lindbergh
  • a cured film was obtained by heating at 180 ° C. for 2 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • the obtained cured film was cut into a strip having a width of 3 mm using a dicing saw (DAD3350 type, manufactured by DISCO), and then stripped from the silicon wafer using 46% hydrofluoric acid.
  • the elongation of the cured film was measured in accordance with ASTM D882-09 using a tensile tester (UTM-II-20 type, manufactured by Orientec Co., Ltd.). The elongation was judged as follows. A: Elongation is 60% or more B: Elongation is 50% or more and less than 60% C: Elongation is 40 or more and less than 50% D: Elongation is less than 40%

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Formation Of Insulating Films (AREA)
  • Structures Or Materials For Encapsulating Or Coating Semiconductor Devices Or Solid State Devices (AREA)

Abstract

This resin composition contains at least one type of resin selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor, polyimide, a polybenzoxazole precursor and polybenzoxazole, and a compound B with a pKa of greater than or equal to 5 and containing a group that generates a basic group by heating, and a group represented by formula (b1). Formula (b1): -M(R1)(R2)(R3) M represents Si, etc., R1-R3 independently represent Rb1 or ORb1, and Rb1 represents a hydrocarbon group with 1-10 hydrogens. A cured film using said resin composition, a laminate body, a cured film production method and a semiconductor device are also provided.

Description

樹脂組成物、硬化膜、積層体、硬化膜の製造方法、および半導体デバイスResin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
 本発明は、ポリイミド前駆体およびポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種のポリマー前駆体を含む樹脂組成物に関する。また、本発明は、前述のポリマー前駆体を含む樹脂組成物を用いた硬化膜、積層体、硬化膜の製造方法、および半導体デバイスに関する。 The present invention relates to a resin composition containing at least one polymer precursor selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor. The present invention also relates to a cured film, a laminate, a method for producing a cured film, and a semiconductor device using the resin composition containing the above-mentioned polymer precursor.
 ポリイミドやポリベンゾオキサゾールなどの樹脂は、耐熱性及び絶縁性に優れるため、電子デバイスの絶縁層などに用いられている。また、ポリイミドやポリベンゾオキサゾールは、溶剤への溶解性が低いため、環化反応前の前駆体(ポリイミド前駆体やポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体)の状態で支持体などに適用した後、加熱してポリイミド前駆体やポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体を環化して硬化膜を形成することも行われている。 Since resins such as polyimide and polybenzoxazole have excellent heat resistance and insulating properties, they are used in the insulating layers of electronic devices. Further, since polyimide and polybenzoxazole have low solubility in a solvent, they are applied to a support or the like in the state of a precursor (polyimide precursor or polybenzoxazole precursor) before the cyclization reaction, and then heated. It is also practiced to cyclize a polyimide precursor or a polybenzoxazole precursor to form a cured film.
 特許文献1には、ポリイミド前駆体やポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体などのポリマー前駆体と、熱塩基発生剤とを含む樹脂組成物に関する発明が記載されている。 Patent Document 1 describes an invention relating to a resin composition containing a polymer precursor such as a polyimide precursor or a polybenzoxazole precursor, and a thermal base generator.
国際公開第2015/199219号International Publication No. 2015/199219
 上記特許文献1の技術により、ポリイミド前駆体やポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体などのポリマー前駆体を含む樹脂組成物の保存安定性を向上させることができた。
 一方、これらのポリマー前駆体などを含む樹脂組成物に要求される近年の多様化した要求特性に応えるためには、さらなる研究開発が必要である。例えば、樹脂組成物の保存安定性や、得られる硬化膜の金属などとの密着性や信頼性についての更なる向上が望まれている。
With the technique of Patent Document 1 described above, the storage stability of a resin composition containing a polymer precursor such as a polyimide precursor or a polybenzoxazole precursor can be improved.
On the other hand, further research and development is required to meet the recent diversified required properties required for resin compositions containing these polymer precursors and the like. For example, it is desired to further improve the storage stability of the resin composition and the adhesion and reliability of the cured film obtained with a metal or the like.
 よって、本発明の目的は、保存安定性が良好で、密着性及び信頼性に優れた硬化膜を形成できる樹脂組成物、硬化膜、積層体、硬化膜の製造方法、および半導体デバイスを提供することを目的とする。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a resin composition, a cured film, a laminate, a method for producing a cured film, and a semiconductor device which have good storage stability and can form a cured film having excellent adhesion and reliability. The purpose is to
 本発明者が、ポリイミド前駆体、ポリイミド、ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体およびポリベンゾオキサゾールからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の樹脂を含む樹脂組成物について鋭意検討を進めたところ、後述する所定の化合物を更に添加することで上記目的を達成できることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。本発明は以下を提供する。 The present inventor has made diligent studies on a resin composition containing at least one resin selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor, a polyimide, a polybenzoxazole precursor and a polybenzoxazole, and a predetermined compound described below. The inventors have found that the above object can be achieved by further adding, and have completed the present invention. The present invention provides the following.
 <1> ポリイミド前駆体、ポリイミド、ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体およびポリベンゾオキサゾールからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の樹脂と、
 加熱することで塩基性基が生成する基と下記式(b1)で表される基とをそれぞれ含むPkaが5以上の化合物Bと、
 を含有する樹脂組成物;
 -M(R)(R)(R)   ・・・(b1)
 式(b1)中、Mは、Si、TiまたはZrを表し、R~Rは、それぞれ独立して、RbまたはORbを表し、Rbは、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基を表す。
 <2> 式(b1)のR~Rは、それぞれ独立して、ORbを表し、Rbは、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基を表す、<1>に記載の樹脂組成物。
 <3> 式(b1)のMはSiを表す、<1>または<2>に記載の樹脂組成物。
 <4> 化合物Bの塩基性基発生温度が160℃以上である、<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <5> 加熱することで塩基性基が生成する基は、窒素原子を含む複素環基、アミド基、ウレア基、イソシアネート基、ウレタン基、アロハネート基、ビュレット基およびイミド基から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を含む、<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <6> 加熱することで塩基性基が生成する基は、窒素原子を含む複素環基と、-OCO-およびCOO-から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基とをそれぞれ含むか、または、アミド基、ウレア基、イソシアネート基、ウレタン基、アロハネート基、ビュレット基およびイミド基から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を含む、<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <7> 化合物Bは、下記式(I)で表される化合物である、<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 式(I)中、Aは加熱することで塩基性基が生成する基を表し、Lは、単結合または2価の連結基を表し、MはSi、TiまたはZrを表し、R~Rは、それぞれ独立して、RbまたはORbを表し、Rbは、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基を表す。
 <8> 樹脂組成物の全固形分中に化合物Bを0.01~5質量%含有する、<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <9> 樹脂はポリイミド前駆体およびポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む、<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <10> 更に、光ラジカル重合開始剤を含む、<1>~<9>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <11> 光ラジカル重合開始剤がオキシム化合物を含む、<10>に記載の樹脂組成物。
 <12> 再配線層用層間絶縁膜の形成に用いられる、<1>~<11>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <13> <1>~<12>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化膜。
 <14> <13>に記載の硬化膜を2層以上有し、2層の硬化膜の間に金属層を有する、積層体。
 <15> <1>~<12>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物を基板に適用して膜を形成する膜形成工程を含む、硬化膜の製造方法。
 <16> 膜を露光する露光工程および膜を現像する現像工程を有する、<15>に記載の硬化膜の製造方法。
 <17> 膜を80~450℃で加熱する工程を含む、<15>または<16>に記載の硬化膜の製造方法。
 <18> <13>に記載の硬化膜または<14>に記載の積層体を有する、半導体デバイス。
<1> at least one resin selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor, a polyimide, a polybenzoxazole precursor and a polybenzoxazole,
A compound B having a Pka of 5 or more, each containing a group which forms a basic group when heated and a group represented by the following formula (b1),
A resin composition containing:
-M 1 (R 1 ) (R 2 ) (R 3 ) ... (b1)
In formula (b1), M 1 represents Si, Ti or Zr, R 1 to R 3 each independently represent Rb 1 or ORb 1 , and Rb 1 is a hydrocarbon having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Represents a group.
<2> The resin composition according to <1>, wherein R 1 to R 3 of formula (b1) each independently represent ORb 1 , and Rb 1 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. ..
<3> The resin composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein M 1 in the formula (b1) represents Si.
<4> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, in which the basic group generation temperature of the compound B is 160 ° C. or higher.
<5> The group generated by heating to form a basic group is at least one selected from a heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom, an amide group, a urea group, an isocyanate group, a urethane group, an alohanate group, a buret group and an imide group. The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, which contains the group of.
<6> The group which a basic group forms by heating contains a heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom and at least one group selected from —OCO— and COO—, or an amide group, The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, containing at least one group selected from a urea group, an isocyanate group, a urethane group, an alohanate group, a buret group, and an imide group.
<7> Compound B is a resin composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, which is a compound represented by the following formula (I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
In formula (I), A 1 represents a group generated by heating to generate a basic group, L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, M 1 represents Si, Ti or Zr, and R 1 1 to R 3 each independently represent Rb 1 or ORb 1 , and Rb 1 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
<8> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, which contains the compound B in an amount of 0.01 to 5% by mass based on the total solid content of the resin composition.
<9> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, in which the resin contains at least one selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor.
<10> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <9>, which further contains a photoradical polymerization initiator.
<11> The resin composition according to <10>, wherein the radical photopolymerization initiator contains an oxime compound.
<12> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <11>, which is used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer.
<13> A cured film obtained by curing the resin composition according to any one of <1> to <12>.
<14> A laminate having two or more cured films according to <13> and having a metal layer between the two cured films.
<15> A method for producing a cured film, which includes a film forming step of forming a film by applying the resin composition according to any one of <1> to <12> to a substrate.
<16> The method for producing a cured film according to <15>, which includes an exposure step of exposing the film and a development step of developing the film.
<17> The method for producing a cured film according to <15> or <16>, which includes a step of heating the film at 80 to 450 ° C.
<18> A semiconductor device having the cured film according to <13> or the laminate according to <14>.
 本発明により、保存安定性が良好で、密着性及び信頼性に優れた硬化膜を形成できる樹脂組成物、硬化膜、積層体、硬化膜の製造方法、および半導体デバイスを提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a resin composition, a cured film, a laminate, a method for producing a cured film, and a semiconductor device, which can form a cured film having good storage stability and excellent adhesion and reliability.
 以下において、本発明の内容について詳細に説明する。なお、本明細書において「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む意味で使用される。 The details of the present invention will be described below. In the present specification, “to” is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
 以下に記載する本発明における構成要素の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施形態に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施形態に限定されるものではない。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記に於いて、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。また、露光に用いられる光としては、一般的に、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線または放射線が挙げられる。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、「アクリレート」および「メタクリレート」の双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、「アクリル」および「メタクリル」の双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、「アクリロイル」および「メタクリロイル」の双方、または、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
 本発明における物性値は特に述べない限り、温度23℃、気圧101325Paの下での値とする。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)および数平均分子量(Mn)は、特に述べない限り、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィ(GPC測定)によって測定されたものであり、ポリスチレン換算値として定義される。本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)および数平均分子量(Mn)は、例えば、HLC-8220(東ソー(株)製)を用い、カラムとしてガードカラムHZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000およびTSKgel Super HZ2000(東ソー(株)製)を用いることによって求めることができる。この測定において、溶離液は特に述べない限り、THF(テトラヒドロフラン)を用いる。また、検出は特に述べない限り、UV線(紫外線)の波長254nm検出器を使用したものとする。
The components of the present invention described below may be described based on typical embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
In the description of the group (atomic group) in the present specification, the notation of not having substitution and non-substitution includes not only those having no substituent but also those having a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present specification, the term "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using a particle beam such as an electron beam or an ion beam, unless otherwise specified. In addition, the light used for the exposure generally includes a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, active rays such as electron rays, or radiation.
In the present specification, “(meth) acrylate” represents both “acrylate” and “methacrylate” or either, and “(meth) acryl” means both “acrylic” and “methacryl”, or "(Meth) acryloyl" means both "acryloyl" and "methacryloyl", or either.
In the present specification, the term “process” is included in this term as long as the intended action of the process is achieved not only as an independent process but also when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. .
Unless otherwise stated, the physical property values in the present invention are values under a temperature of 23 ° C. and an atmospheric pressure of 101325 Pa.
In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC measurement) unless otherwise specified, and are defined as polystyrene conversion values. In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are, for example, HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, and TSKgel are used as columns. It can be determined by using Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000 and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation). In this measurement, THF (tetrahydrofuran) is used as an eluent unless otherwise specified. Unless otherwise stated, the detection uses a detector having a wavelength of 254 nm of UV rays (ultraviolet rays).
[樹脂組成物]
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、
 ポリイミド前駆体、ポリイミド、ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体およびポリベンゾオキサゾールからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の樹脂と、
 加熱することで塩基性基が生成する基と後述する式(b1)で表される基とをそれぞれ含むPkaが5以上の化合物Bと、
 を含有することを特徴とする。
[Resin composition]
The resin composition of the present invention,
At least one resin selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor, a polyimide, a polybenzoxazole precursor and a polybenzoxazole;
A compound B having a Pka of 5 or more, each containing a group which forms a basic group when heated and a group represented by the formula (b1) described later;
It is characterized by containing.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は上記化合物Bを含むことにより、保存安定性が良好で、密着性及び信頼性に優れた硬化膜を形成することができる。この化合物Bは、pKaが5以上であるので、樹脂組成物の保管中における樹脂の反応などの進行を抑制することができ、その結果保存安定性に優れた樹脂組成物とすることができる。また、この化合物は、加熱することで塩基性基が生成する基(以下、特定官能基ともいう)と後述する式(b1)で表される基とをそれぞれ含むことにより、基板などとの密着性及び信頼性に優れた硬化膜を形成することができる。すなわち、硬化膜の形成時の加熱により、化合物Bに含まれる式(b1)で表される基が基板などと相互作用してカップリング反応が行われるとともに、化合物Bに含まれる上記特定官能基から生成した塩基性基が樹脂と相互作用して結合などが形成されると推測され、その結果、密着性に優れた硬化膜を形成することができると推測される。更には、樹脂としてポリイミド前駆体やポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体を用いた場合には、化合物Bから発生した塩基性基によってこれらの前駆体の環化反応も促進させることもできると推測される。そのため、基板との密着性を顕著に向上させることができるとともに、基板上に形成した硬化膜を高温高湿環境に長期間曝すなどの信頼性試験を行った後も優れた密着性を維持することができ、硬化膜の信頼性も顕著に向上させることもできる。更には、硬化膜の伸度などの機械特性を向上させることもできる。 By containing the compound B in the resin composition of the present invention, a cured film having good storage stability and excellent adhesion and reliability can be formed. Since this compound B has a pKa of 5 or more, it is possible to suppress the progress of the reaction of the resin during storage of the resin composition, and as a result, a resin composition having excellent storage stability can be obtained. In addition, this compound contains a group (hereinafter, also referred to as a specific functional group) which is formed by heating to form a basic group and a group represented by the formula (b1) described later, thereby closely adhering to a substrate or the like. It is possible to form a cured film having excellent properties and reliability. That is, the group represented by the formula (b1) contained in the compound B interacts with the substrate and the like by the heating at the time of forming the cured film to perform the coupling reaction, and the specific functional group contained in the compound B is also generated. It is presumed that the basic group generated from the above interacts with the resin to form a bond, and as a result, a cured film having excellent adhesiveness can be formed. Furthermore, when a polyimide precursor or polybenzoxazole precursor is used as the resin, it is presumed that the basic group generated from the compound B can accelerate the cyclization reaction of these precursors. Therefore, the adhesiveness with the substrate can be significantly improved, and the excellent adhesiveness is maintained even after the reliability test such as exposing the cured film formed on the substrate to a high temperature and high humidity environment for a long time. It is also possible to significantly improve the reliability of the cured film. Furthermore, mechanical properties such as elongation of the cured film can be improved.
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物は密着性及び信頼性に優れた硬化膜を形成することができるので、再配線層用層間絶縁膜の形成用の樹脂組成物として好ましく用いることができる。 Since the resin composition of the present invention can form a cured film having excellent adhesion and reliability, it can be preferably used as a resin composition for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.
 以下、本発明の樹脂組成物の各成分について詳述する。 Hereinafter, each component of the resin composition of the present invention will be described in detail.
<樹脂>
 本発明における樹脂組成物は、ポリイミド前駆体、ポリイミド、ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体およびポリベンゾオキサゾールからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の樹脂を含む。本発明の樹脂組成物に用いられる樹脂は、ポリイミド前駆体およびポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、ポリイミド前駆体を含むことがより好ましい。以下、ポリイミド前駆体とポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体とを合わせてポリマー前駆体ともいう。
<Resin>
The resin composition in the present invention contains at least one resin selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor, a polyimide, a polybenzoxazole precursor and a polybenzoxazole. The resin used in the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, and more preferably contains a polyimide precursor. Hereinafter, the polyimide precursor and the polybenzoxazole precursor are collectively referred to as a polymer precursor.
 ポリマー前駆体を含む樹脂組成物は、保管時にポリマー前駆体の環化などの反応が進行して樹脂組成物の粘度が変化しやすい傾向にあったが、本発明によれば、上述した所定の化合物Bを用いることで、樹脂としてポリマー前駆体を含むものを用いた場合であっても、優れた保存安定性を得ることができる。このため、樹脂としてポリイミド前駆体やポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体を用いた場合、本発明の効果が顕著に得られやすい。なかでも、樹脂としてポリイミド前駆体を用いた場合、本発明の効果がより顕著に得られやすい。 The resin composition containing the polymer precursor tends to undergo a reaction such as cyclization of the polymer precursor during storage to easily change the viscosity of the resin composition. By using the compound B, excellent storage stability can be obtained even when a resin containing a polymer precursor is used. Therefore, when a polyimide precursor or a polybenzoxazole precursor is used as the resin, the effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained. Especially, when a polyimide precursor is used as the resin, the effect of the present invention is more easily obtained.
<<ポリイミド前駆体>>
 ポリイミド前駆体としては下記式(1)で表される構成単位を含むポリイミド前駆体であることが好ましい。このようなポリイミド前駆体を用いることにより、より膜強度に優れた樹脂組成物が得られる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 AおよびAは、それぞれ独立に酸素原子またはNHを表し、R111は、2価の有機基を表し、R115は、4価の有機基を表し、R113およびR114は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表す。
<< polyimide precursor >>
The polyimide precursor is preferably a polyimide precursor containing a constitutional unit represented by the following formula (1). By using such a polyimide precursor, a resin composition having more excellent film strength can be obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
A 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH, R 111 represents a divalent organic group, R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R 113 and R 114 each independently. Represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
 AおよびAは、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子またはNHであり、酸素原子が好ましい。 A 1 and A 2 are each independently an oxygen atom or NH, and an oxygen atom is preferable.
<<<R111>>>
 R111は2価の有機基を表す。2価の有機基としては、直鎖または分岐の脂肪族基、環状の脂肪族基、および芳香族基、複素芳香族基、またはこれらの組み合わせからなる基が例示され、炭素数2~20の直鎖の脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の分岐の脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の環状の脂肪族基、炭素数6~20の芳香族基、または、これらの組み合わせからなる基が好ましく、炭素数6~20の芳香族基がより好ましい。
 R111は、ジアミンから誘導されることが好ましい。ポリイミド前駆体の製造に用いられるジアミンとしては、直鎖または分岐の脂肪族、環状の脂肪族または芳香族ジアミンなどが挙げられる。ジアミンは、1種のみ用いてもよいし、2種以上用いてもよい。
 具体的には、ジアミンは、炭素数2~20の直鎖脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の分岐または環状の脂肪族基、炭素数6~20の芳香族基、または、これらの組み合わせからなる基を含むものであることが好ましく、炭素数6~20の芳香族基を含むジアミンであることがより好ましい。芳香族基の例としては、下記が挙げられる。
<<<< R 111 >>>>
R 111 represents a divalent organic group. Examples of the divalent organic group include a linear or branched aliphatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group, and an aromatic group, a heteroaromatic group, or a group consisting of a combination thereof, which has 2 to 20 carbon atoms. A straight-chain aliphatic group, a branched aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group composed of a combination thereof An aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable.
R 111 is preferably derived from a diamine. Examples of the diamine used for producing the polyimide precursor include linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic diamine. Only one diamine may be used, or two or more diamines may be used.
Specifically, the diamine is a straight-chain aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched or cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a combination thereof. And a diamine containing an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable. The following are mentioned as an example of an aromatic group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 式中、Aは、単結合、または、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-NHCO-ならびに、これらの組み合わせから選択される基であることが好ましく、単結合、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~3のアルキレン基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-および-SO-から選択される基であることがより好ましく、-CH-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-C(CF-、および、-C(CH-からなる群から選択される2価の基であることがさらに好ましい。 In the formula, A is a single bond or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, —O—, —C (═O) —, —S—, —S A group selected from (═O) 2 —, —NHCO—, and a combination thereof is preferable, and a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, and —O— , —C (═O) —, —S— and —SO 2 — are more preferred, and —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —C ( It is more preferably a divalent group selected from the group consisting of CF 3 ) 2 — and —C (CH 3 ) 2 —.
 ジアミンとしては、具体的には、1,2-ジアミノエタン、1,2-ジアミノプロパン、1,3-ジアミノプロパン、1,4-ジアミノブタンおよび1,6-ジアミノヘキサン;1,2-または1,3-ジアミノシクロペンタン、1,2-、1,3-または1,4-ジアミノシクロヘキサン、1,2-、1,3-または1,4-ビス(アミノメチル)シクロヘキサン、ビス-(4-アミノシクロヘキシル)メタン、ビス-(3-アミノシクロヘキシル)メタン、4,4’-ジアミノ-3,3’-ジメチルシクロヘキシルメタンおよびイソホロンジアミン;メタおよびパラフェニレンジアミン、ジアミノトルエン、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,3-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルフィド、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル(4,4’-ジアミノ-2,2’-ジメチルビフェニル)、3,3’-ジメトキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(3-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、ビス(4-アミノ-3-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、4,4’-ジアミノパラテルフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル、ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、ビス[4-(2-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、9,10-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)アントラセン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ベンゼン、3,3’-ジエチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノオクタフルオロビフェニル、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、9,9-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)-10-ヒドロアントラセン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラアミノビフェニル、3,3’,4,4’-テトラアミノジフェニルエーテル、1,4-ジアミノアントラキノン、1,5-ジアミノアントラキノン、3,3-ジヒドロキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、9,9’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)フルオレン、4,4’-ジメチル-3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、3,3’,5,5’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、2-(3’,5’-ジアミノベンゾイルオキシ)エチルメタクリレート、2,4-および2,5-ジアミノクメン、2,5-ジメチル-パラフェニレンジアミン、アセトグアナミン、2,3,5,6-テトラメチル-パラフェニレンジアミン、2,4,6-トリメチル-メタフェニレンジアミン、ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、2,7-ジアミノフルオレン、2,5-ジアミノピリジン、1,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)エタン、ジアミノベンズアニリド、ジアミノ安息香酸のエステル、1,5-ジアミノナフタレン、ジアミノベンゾトリフルオライド、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)オクタフルオロブタン、1,5-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)デカフルオロペンタン、1,7-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)テトラデカフルオロヘプタン、2,2-ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(2-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)-3,5-ジメチルフェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)-3,5-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、パラビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ベンゼン、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ビフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-3-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ビフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-ビス(3-アミノ-5-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノ-3-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、3,3’,5,5’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノ-2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ビフェニル、2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-ヘキサフルオロトリジンおよび4,4’-ジアミノクアテルフェニルから選ばれる少なくとも1種のジアミンが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the diamine include 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane and 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2- or 1 , 3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane, bis- (4- Aminocyclohexyl) methane, bis- (3-aminocyclohexyl) methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethylcyclohexylmethane and isophoronediamine; meta and paraphenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4'- and 3 , 3'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3-diaminodiphenyl ether 4,4'- and 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'- and 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 4,4'- and 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4 ' -And 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl (4,4'-diamino-2,2 '-Dimethylbiphenyl), 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2 , 2-bis (3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2- Sus (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone, bis (4-amino -3-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone, 4,4'-diaminoparaterphenyl, 4,4'-bis (4-aminophenoxy) biphenyl, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, bis [4- (2-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 9,10-bis (4-aminophenyl) anthracene, 3,3'-Dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenoxy) Benzene, 1,3-bis (3-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenyl) benzene, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-dimethyl- 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] propane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) Phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis (4-aminophenyl) -10-hydroanthracene, 3,3 ', 4,4'-tetraaminobiphenyl, 3,3', 4,4'-tetraaminodiphenyl ether , 1,4-diaminoanthraquinone, 1,5-diaminoanthraquinone, 3,3-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl 9,9'-bis (4-aminophenyl) fluorene, 4,4'-dimethyl-3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 3,3 ', 5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane , 2- (3 ', 5'-diaminobenzoyloxy) ethyl methacrylate, 2,4- and 2,5-diaminocumene, 2,5-dimethyl-paraphenylenediamine, acetoguanamine, 2,3,5,6- Tetramethyl-paraphenylenediamine, 2,4,6-trimethyl-metaphenylenediamine, bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane, 2,7-diaminofluorene, 2,5-diaminopyridine, 1,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) ethane, diaminobenzanilide, ester of diaminobenzoic acid, 1,5-diaminonaphtha Amine, diaminobenzotrifluoride, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenyl) octafluorobutane, 1,5-bis (4-aminophenyl) decafluoro Pentane, 1,7-bis (4-aminophenyl) tetradecafluoroheptane, 2,2-bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (2-amino Phenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) -3,5-dimethylphenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) -3 , 5-Bis (trifluoromethyl) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, parabis (4-amino-2-trifluorome Tylphenoxy) benzene, 4,4′-bis (4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) biphenyl, 4,4′-bis (4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy) biphenyl, 4,4′- Bis (4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) diphenyl sulfone, 4,4′-bis (3-amino-5-trifluoromethylphenoxy) diphenyl sulfone, 2,2-bis [4- (4-amino- 3-trifluoromethylphenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 3,3 ′, 5,5′-tetramethyl-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4′-diamino-2,2′-bis (trifluoro From methyl) biphenyl, 2,2 ', 5,5', 6,6'-hexafluorotolidine and 4,4'-diaminoquaterphenyl It includes at least one diamine barrel.
 また、下記に示すジアミン(DA-1)~(DA-18)も好ましい。 The diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) shown below are also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 また、少なくとも2つ以上のアルキレングリコール単位を主鎖にもつジアミンも好ましい例として挙げられる。好ましくは、エチレングリコール鎖、プロピレングリコール鎖のいずれか一方または両方を一分子中にあわせて2つ以上含むジアミン、より好ましくは芳香環を含まないジアミンである。具体例としては、ジェファーミン(登録商標)KH-511、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-600、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-900、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-2003、ジェファーミン(登録商標)EDR-148、ジェファーミン(登録商標)EDR-176、D-200、D-400、D-2000、D-4000(HUNTSMAN社製)、1-(2-(2-(2-アミノプロポキシ)エトキシ)プロポキシ)プロパン-2-アミン、1-(1-(1-(2-アミノプロポキシ)プロパン-2-イル)オキシ)プロパン-2-アミンなどが挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。
 ジェファーミン(登録商標)KH-511、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-600、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-900、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-2003、ジェファーミン(登録商標)EDR-148、ジェファーミン(登録商標)EDR-176の構造を以下に示す。
In addition, diamines having at least two or more alkylene glycol units in the main chain are also preferred examples. Diamines containing one or both of ethylene glycol chains and propylene glycol chains in one molecule in combination of two or more, and more preferably diamines containing no aromatic ring are preferred. Specific examples include Jeffamine (registered trademark) KH-511, Jeffarmin (registered trademark) ED-600, Jeffermin (registered trademark) ED-900, Jeffermin (registered trademark) ED-2003, Jeffermin (registered trademark) ) EDR-148, Jeffamine (registered trademark) EDR-176, D-200, D-400, D-2000, D-4000 (manufactured by HUNTSMAN), 1- (2- (2- (2-aminopropoxy)) Examples include, but are not limited to, ethoxy) propoxy) propan-2-amine, 1- (1- (1- (2-aminopropoxy) propan-2-yl) oxy) propan-2-amine, and the like.
Jeffarmin® KH-511, Jeffarmin® ED-600, Jeffarmin® ED-900, Jeffarmin® ED-2003, Jeffarmin® EDR-148, The structure of Jeffamine® EDR-176 is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 上記において、x、y、zは平均値である。 In the above, x, y, z are average values.
 R111は、得られる硬化膜の柔軟性の観点から、-Ar-L-Ar-で表されることが好ましい。但し、Arは、それぞれ独立に、芳香族炭化水素基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10が特に好ましい)であり、フェニレン基が好ましい。Lは、単結合、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-NHCO-ならびに、これらの組み合わせから選択される基を表す。好ましい範囲は、上述のAと同義である。 From the viewpoint of flexibility of the cured film to be obtained, R 111 is preferably represented by —Ar 0 —L 0 —Ar 0 —. However, Ar 0 is independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), and preferably a phenylene group. L 0 is a single bond, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, —O—, —C (═O) —, —S—, —S (═O) It represents a group selected from 2-, -NHCO-, and combinations thereof. The preferred range is synonymous with A described above.
 R111は、i線透過率の観点から下記式(51)または式(61)で表される2価の有機基であることが好ましい。特に、i線透過率、入手のし易さの観点から式(61)で表される2価の有機基であることがより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 R50~R57は、それぞれ独立に水素原子、フッ素原子または1価の有機基であり、R50~R57の少なくとも1つはフッ素原子、メチル基、フルオロメチル基、ジフルオロメチル基、または、トリフルオロメチル基である。
 R50~R57の1価の有機基として、炭素数1~10(好ましくは炭素数1~6)の無置換のアルキル基、炭素数1~10(好ましくは炭素数1~6)のフッ化アルキル基等が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 R58およびR59は、それぞれ独立にフッ素原子、フルオロメチル基、ジフルオロメチル基、または、トリフルオロメチル基である。
From the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance, R 111 is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or formula (61). In particular, the divalent organic group represented by the formula (61) is more preferable from the viewpoints of i-ray transmittance and availability.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
R 50 to R 57 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R 50 to R 57 is a fluorine atom, a methyl group, a fluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group, or It is a trifluoromethyl group.
The monovalent organic group represented by R 50 to R 57 is an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a fluorine atom having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms). Alkyl groups and the like.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
R 58 and R 59 are each independently a fluorine atom, a fluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group.
 式(51)または(61)の構造を与えるジアミン化合物としては、ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ビス(フルオロ)-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノオクタフルオロビフェニル等が挙げられる。これらの1種を用いるか、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Examples of the diamine compound giving the structure of formula (51) or (61) include dimethyl-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2′-bis (trifluoromethyl) -4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2 Examples thereof include'-bis (fluoro) -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl and 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl. You may use these 1 type or may use it in combination of 2 or more type.
<<<R115>>>
 式(1)におけるR115は、4価の有機基を表す。4価の有機基としては、芳香環を含む基であることが好ましく、下記式(5)または式(6)で表される基がより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 R112は、Aと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同じである。
<<<< R 115 >>>>
R 115 in the formula (1) represents a tetravalent organic group. The tetravalent organic group is preferably a group containing an aromatic ring, and more preferably a group represented by the following formula (5) or formula (6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
R 112 has the same meaning as A and the preferred range is also the same.
 式(1)におけるR115が表す4価の有機基は、具体的には、テトラカルボン酸二無水物から酸二無水物基を除去した後に残存するテトラカルボン酸残基などが挙げられる。テトラカルボン酸二無水物は、1種のみ用いてもよいし、2種以上用いてもよい。テトラカルボン酸二無水物は、下記式(7)で表される化合物が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 R115は、4価の有機基を表す。R115は式(1)のR115と同義である。
Specific examples of the tetravalent organic group represented by R 115 in the formula (1) include a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after the acid dianhydride group is removed from the tetracarboxylic dianhydride. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (7).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group. R 115 has the same meaning as R 115 in formula (1).
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物の具体例としては、ピロメリット酸、ピロメリット酸二無水物(PMDA)、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルスルフィドテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルスルホンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルメタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ジフェニルメタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,3’,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,3’,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸二無水物、2,3,6,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン二無水物、2,2-ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン二無水物、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン二無水物、1,3-ジフェニルヘキサフルオロプロパン-3,3,4,4-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,6-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ジフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,4,9,10-ペリレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,4,5-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,8-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,8,9,10-フェナントレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,1-ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)エタン二無水物、1,1-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)エタン二無水物、1,2,3,4-ベンゼンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、ならびに、これらの炭素数1~6のアルキル誘導体および炭素数1~6のアルコキシ誘導体から選ばれる少なくとも1種が例示される。 Specific examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride include pyromellitic acid, pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4. , 4'-diphenyl sulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'-diphenyl sulfone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'-diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2', 3,3'-diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3 ', 4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid Dianhydride, 2,3,3 ', 4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride , 1,4,5,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) Propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 1,3-diphenylhexafluoropropane-3,3,4,4-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2 ', 3,3'-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4,5-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,8,9,10-phenanthrenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1, -Bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ethane dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-benzenetetracarboxylic dianhydride And at least one selected from these alkyl derivatives having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and alkoxy derivatives having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 また、下記に示すテトラカルボン酸二無水物(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)も好ましい例として挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Further, tetracarboxylic dianhydrides (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) shown below are also preferred examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
<<<R113およびR114>>>
 式(1)におけるR113およびR114は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表す。R113およびR114の少なくとも一方がラジカル重合性基を含むことが好ましく、両方がラジカル重合性基を含むことがより好ましい。ラジカル重合性基としては、ラジカルの作用により、架橋反応することが可能な基であって、好ましい例として、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基が挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基としては、ビニル基、アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、下記式(III)で表される基などが挙げられる。
<<<< R 113 and R 114 >>>>
R 113 and R 114 in formula (1) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. It is preferable that at least one of R 113 and R 114 contains a radical polymerizable group, and it is more preferable that both contain a radical polymerizable group. The radically polymerizable group is a group capable of undergoing a crosslinking reaction by the action of a radical, and a preferable example thereof is a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group and a group represented by the following formula (III).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 式(III)において、R200は、水素原子またはメチル基を表し、メチル基がより好ましい。
 式(III)において、R201は、炭素数2~12のアルキレン基、-CHCH(OH)CH-または炭素数4~30の(ポリ)オキシアルキレン基(アルキレン基としては炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい;繰り返し数は1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい)を表す。なお、(ポリ)オキシアルキレン基とは、オキシアルキレン基またはポリオキシアルキレン基を意味する。
 好適なR201の例は、エチレン基、プロピレン基、トリメチレン基、テトラメチレン基、1,2-ブタンジイル基、1,3-ブタンジイル基、ペンタメチレン基、ヘキサメチレン基、オクタメチレン基、ドデカメチレン基、-CHCH(OH)CH-が挙げられ、エチレン基、プロピレン基、トリメチレン基、-CHCH(OH)CH-がより好ましい。
 特に好ましくは、R200がメチル基で、R201がエチレン基である。
In formula (III), R 200 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a methyl group is more preferable.
In the formula (III), R 201 is an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 — or a (poly) oxyalkylene group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms (the alkylene group has 1 carbon atoms. The number of repetitions is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and most preferably 1 to 3). The (poly) oxyalkylene group means an oxyalkylene group or a polyoxyalkylene group.
Examples of suitable R 201 include ethylene group, propylene group, trimethylene group, tetramethylene group, 1,2-butanediyl group, 1,3-butanediyl group, pentamethylene group, hexamethylene group, octamethylene group, dodecamethylene group. , —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 —, and an ethylene group, a propylene group, a trimethylene group, and —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 — are more preferable.
Particularly preferably, R 200 is a methyl group and R 201 is an ethylene group.
 本発明におけるポリイミド前駆体の好ましい実施形態として、R113またはR114の1価の有機基として、1、2または3つの、好ましくは1つの酸基を有する、脂肪族基、芳香族基およびアリールアルキル基などが挙げられる。具体的には、酸基を有する炭素数6~20の芳香族基、酸基を有する炭素数7~25のアリールアルキル基が挙げられる。より具体的には、酸基を有するフェニル基および酸基を有するベンジル基が挙げられる。酸基は、ヒドロキシル基が好ましい。すなわち、R113またはR114はヒドロキシル基を有する基であることが好ましい。
 R113またはR114が表す1価の有機基としては、現像液の溶解度を向上させる置換基が好ましく用いられる。
 R113またはR114が、水素原子、2-ヒドロキシベンジル、3-ヒドロキシベンジルおよび4-ヒドロキシベンジルであることが、水性現像液に対する溶解性の点からは、より好ましい。
As a preferred embodiment of the polyimide precursor in the present invention, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group and an aryl having 1, 2 or 3, preferably 1 acid group as the monovalent organic group of R 113 or R 114. An alkyl group etc. are mentioned. Specific examples thereof include an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms having an acid group and an arylalkyl group having 7 to 25 carbon atoms having an acid group. More specific examples include a phenyl group having an acid group and a benzyl group having an acid group. The acid group is preferably a hydroxyl group. That is, R 113 or R 114 is preferably a group having a hydroxyl group.
As the monovalent organic group represented by R 113 or R 114, a substituent that improves the solubility of the developer is preferably used.
It is more preferable that R 113 or R 114 is a hydrogen atom, 2-hydroxybenzyl, 3-hydroxybenzyl and 4-hydroxybenzyl from the viewpoint of solubility in an aqueous developer.
 有機溶剤への溶解度の観点からは、R113またはR114は、1価の有機基であることが好ましい。1価の有機基としては、直鎖または分岐のアルキル基、環状アルキル基、芳香族基を含むことが好ましく、芳香族基で置換されたアルキル基がより好ましい。
 アルキル基の炭素数は1~30が好ましい(環状の場合は3以上)。アルキル基は直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであってもよい。直鎖または分岐のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ドデシル基、テトラデシル基、オクタデシル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、1-エチルペンチル基、および2-エチルヘキシル基が挙げられる。環状のアルキル基は、単環の環状のアルキル基であってもよく、多環の環状のアルキル基であってもよい。単環の環状のアルキル基としては、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基およびシクロオクチル基が挙げられる。多環の環状のアルキル基としては、例えば、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、ボルニル基、カンフェニル基、デカヒドロナフチル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、カンホロイル基、ジシクロヘキシル基およびピネニル基が挙げられる。また、芳香族基で置換されたアルキル基としては、次に述べる芳香族基で置換された直鎖アルキル基が好ましい。
From the viewpoint of solubility in an organic solvent, R 113 or R 114 is preferably a monovalent organic group. The monovalent organic group preferably contains a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group or an aromatic group, more preferably an alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group.
The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms (3 or more in the case of a cyclic group). The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of the linear or branched alkyl group include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, dodecyl group, tetradecyl group, octadecyl group. , Isopropyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, 1-ethylpentyl group, and 2-ethylhexyl group. The cyclic alkyl group may be either a monocyclic cyclic alkyl group or a polycyclic cyclic alkyl group. Examples of the monocyclic cyclic alkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group and a cyclooctyl group. Examples of the polycyclic cyclic alkyl group include an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, a bornyl group, a camphenyl group, a decahydronaphthyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a camphoroyl group, a dicyclohexyl group and a pinenyl group. Is mentioned. As the alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group, a linear alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group described below is preferable.
 芳香族基としては、具体的には、置換または無置換の芳香族炭化水素基(基を構成する環状構造としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フルオレン環、ペンタレン環、インデン環、アズレン環、ヘプタレン環、インダセン環、ペリレン環、ペンタセン環、アセナフテン環、フェナントレン環、アントラセン環、ナフタセン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環等が挙げられる)あるいは置換または無置換の芳香族複素環基(基を構成する環状構造としては、フルオレン環、ピロール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリミジン環、ピリダジン環、インドリジン環、インドール環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、イソベンゾフラン環、キノリジン環、キノリン環、フタラジン環、ナフチリジン環、キノキサリン環、キノキサゾリン環、イソキノリン環、カルバゾール環、フェナントリジン環、アクリジン環、フェナントロリン環、チアントレン環、クロメン環、キサンテン環、フェノキサチイン環、フェノチアジン環またはフェナジン環)である。 Specific examples of the aromatic group include a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group (the cyclic structure constituting the group includes a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a biphenyl ring, a fluorene ring, a pentalene ring, an indene ring, and azulene. Ring, heptalene ring, indacene ring, perylene ring, pentacene ring, acenaphthene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene ring, naphthacene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, etc.) or substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group (group The cyclic structure constituting the fluorene ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, indolizine ring, indole ring, benzofuran ring, Benzothiophene ring, isobenzofuran ring, quinolidi Ring, quinoline ring, phthalazine ring, naphthyridine ring, quinoxaline ring, quinoxazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, phenanthridine ring, acridine ring, phenanthroline ring, thianthrene ring, chromene ring, xanthene ring, phenoxathiin ring, phenothiazine ring Or phenazine ring).
 また、ポリイミド前駆体は、構成単位中にフッ素原子を有することも好ましい。ポリイミド前駆体中のフッ素原子含有量は10質量%以上が好ましく、20質量%以下がより好ましい。上限は特にないが50質量%以下が実際的である。 Also, the polyimide precursor preferably has a fluorine atom in the constituent unit. The content of fluorine atoms in the polyimide precursor is preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or less. There is no particular upper limit, but 50% by mass or less is practical.
 また、基板との密着性を向上させる目的で、シロキサン構造を有する脂肪族基を式(1)で表される構成単位に共重合してもよい。具体的には、ジアミン成分として、ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、ビス(パラアミノフェニル)オクタメチルペンタシロキサンなどが挙げられる。 Further, an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure may be copolymerized with the structural unit represented by the formula (1) for the purpose of improving the adhesion to the substrate. Specific examples of the diamine component include bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane and bis (paraaminophenyl) octamethylpentasiloxane.
 式(1)で表される構成単位は、式(1-A)または(1-B)で表される構成単位であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 A11およびA12は、酸素原子またはNHを表し、R111およびR112は、それぞれ独立に、2価の有機基を表し、R113およびR114は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表し、R113およびR114の少なくとも一方は、ラジカル重合性基を含む基であることが好ましく、ラジカル重合性基であることがより好ましい。
The constitutional unit represented by the formula (1) is preferably a constitutional unit represented by the formula (1-A) or (1-B).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
A 11 and A 12 each represent an oxygen atom or NH, R 111 and R 112 each independently represent a divalent organic group, and R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent group. It represents an organic group, and at least one of R 113 and R 114 is preferably a group containing a radically polymerizable group, and more preferably a radically polymerizable group.
 A11、A12、R111、R113およびR114は、それぞれ独立に、好ましい範囲が、式(1)におけるA、A、R111、R113およびR114の好ましい範囲と同義である。
 R112の好ましい範囲は、式(5)におけるR112と同義であり、中でも酸素原子であることがより好ましい。
 式中のカルボニル基のベンゼン環への結合位置は、式(1-A)において、4,5,3’,4’であることが好ましい。式(1-B)においては、1,2,4,5であることが好ましい。
A 11 , A 12 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 each independently have a preferable range which is the same as the preferable range of A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 in the formula (1). ..
A preferred range of R 112 has the same meaning as R 112 in formula (5), and more preferably among others oxygen atoms.
The bonding position of the carbonyl group in the formula to the benzene ring is preferably 4,5,3 ′, 4 ′ in the formula (1-A). In the formula (1-B), 1,2,4,5 are preferable.
 ポリイミド前駆体において、式(1)で表される構成単位は1種であってもよいが、2種以上であってもよい。また、式(1)で表される構成単位の構造異性体を含んでいてもよい。また、ポリイミド前駆体は、上記の式(1)の構成単位のほかに、他の種類の構成単位も含んでもよい。 In the polyimide precursor, the constitutional unit represented by the formula (1) may be one type or two or more types. Further, the structural unit represented by the formula (1) may contain a structural isomer. Further, the polyimide precursor may include other types of structural units in addition to the structural units of the above formula (1).
 本発明におけるポリイミド前駆体の一実施形態として、全構成単位の50モル%以上、さらには70モル%以上、特には90モル%以上が式(1)で表される構成単位であるポリイミド前駆体が例示される。上限としては100モル%以下が実際的である。 As one embodiment of the polyimide precursor in the present invention, a polyimide precursor in which 50 mol% or more, further 70 mol% or more, and particularly 90 mol% or more of all the constituent units are constituent units represented by the formula (1) Is exemplified. The upper limit is practically 100 mol% or less.
 ポリイミド前駆体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは2000~500000であり、より好ましくは5000~100000であり、さらに好ましくは10000~50000である。また、数平均分子量(Mn)は、好ましくは800~250000であり、より好ましくは、2000~50000であり、さらに好ましくは、4000~25000である。
 ポリイミド前駆体の分子量の分散度は、1.5~3.5が好ましく、2~3がより好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and further preferably 10,000 to 50,000. The number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 800 to 250,000, more preferably 2000 to 50000, and further preferably 4000 to 25000.
The molecular weight dispersity of the polyimide precursor is preferably 1.5 to 3.5, more preferably 2 to 3.
 ポリイミド前駆体は、ジカルボン酸またはジカルボン酸誘導体とジアミンを反応させて得られうる。好ましくは、ジカルボン酸またはジカルボン酸誘導体を、ハロゲン化剤を用いてハロゲン化させた後、ジアミンと反応させて得られる。
 ポリイミド前駆体の製造方法では、反応に際し、有機溶剤を用いることが好ましい。有機溶剤は1種でもよいし、2種以上でもよい。
 有機溶剤としては、原料に応じて適宜定めることができるが、ピリジン、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル(ジグリム)、N-メチルピロリドンおよびN-エチルピロリドンが例示される。
The polyimide precursor can be obtained by reacting a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid derivative with a diamine. Preferably, it is obtained by halogenating a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid derivative with a halogenating agent and then reacting it with a diamine.
In the method for producing a polyimide precursor, it is preferable to use an organic solvent during the reaction. The organic solvent may be one kind or two or more kinds.
The organic solvent can be appropriately determined according to the raw material, and examples thereof include pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme), N-methylpyrrolidone and N-ethylpyrrolidone.
 ポリイミド前駆体の製造に際し、固体を析出する工程を含んでいることが好ましい。具体的には、反応液中のポリイミド前駆体を、水中に沈殿させ、テトラヒドロフラン等のポリイミド前駆体が可溶な溶剤に溶解させることによって、固体析出することができる。 It is preferable that a step of depositing a solid is included in the production of the polyimide precursor. Specifically, solid precipitation can be performed by precipitating the polyimide precursor in the reaction solution in water and dissolving the polyimide precursor in a solvent in which the polyimide precursor is soluble.
<<ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体>>
 ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体は、下記式(2)で表される構成単位を含むポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 R121は、2価の有機基を表し、R122は、4価の有機基を表し、R123およびR124は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表す。
<< Polybenzoxazole precursor >>
The polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably a polybenzoxazole precursor containing a structural unit represented by the following formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
R 121 represents a divalent organic group, R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R 123 and R 124 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
 R121は、2価の有機基を表す。2価の有機基としては、脂肪族基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、1~6が特に好ましい)および芳香族基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~14がより好ましく、6~12が特に好ましい)の少なくとも一方を含む基が好ましい。R121を構成する芳香族基としては、上記式(1)のR111の例が挙げられる。上記脂肪族基としては、直鎖の脂肪族基が好ましい。R121は、4,4’-オキシジベンゾイルクロリドに由来することが好ましい。
 式(2)において、R122は、4価の有機基を表す。4価の有機基としては、上記式(1)におけるR115と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。R122は、2,2'-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパンに由来することが好ましい。
 R123およびR124は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表し、上記式(1)におけるR113およびR114と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
R 121 represents a divalent organic group. As the divalent organic group, an aliphatic group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 and particularly preferably 1 to 6) and an aromatic group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, 6 to 14 carbon atoms) Is more preferable, and 6 to 12 is particularly preferable). Examples of the aromatic group forming R 121 include the examples of R 111 in the above formula (1). As the aliphatic group, a linear aliphatic group is preferable. R 121 is preferably derived from 4,4′-oxydibenzoyl chloride.
In the formula (2), R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group. The tetravalent organic group has the same meaning as R 115 in the above formula (1), and the preferred range is also the same. R 122 is preferably derived from 2,2′-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane.
R 123 and R 124 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, have the same meaning as R 113 and R 114 in the above formula (1), and the preferred ranges are also the same.
 ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体は上記の式(2)の構成単位のほかに、他の種類の構成単位も含んでよい。
 閉環に伴う硬化膜の反りの発生を抑制できる点で、ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体は、下記式(SL)で表されるジアミン残基を他の種類の構成単位として含むことが好ましい。
The polybenzoxazole precursor may contain other types of constitutional units in addition to the constitutional units of the above formula (2).
It is preferable that the polybenzoxazole precursor contains a diamine residue represented by the following formula (SL) as another type of structural unit from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of warpage of the cured film due to ring closure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 Zは、a構造とb構造を有し、R1sは水素原子または炭素数1~10の炭化水素基(好ましくは炭素数1~6、より好ましくは炭素数1~3)であり、R2sは炭素数1~10の炭化水素基(好ましくは炭素数1~6、より好ましくは炭素数1~3)であり、R3s、R4s、R5s、R6sのうち少なくとも1つは芳香族基(好ましくは炭素数6~22、より好ましくは炭素数6~18、特に好ましくは炭素数6~10)で、残りは水素原子または炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~18、より好ましくは炭素数1~12、特に好ましくは炭素数1~6)の有機基で、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。a構造およびb構造の重合は、ブロック重合でもランダム重合でもよい。Z部分において、好ましくは、a構造は5~95モル%、b構造は95~5モル%であり、a+bは100モル%である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Z has a structure and b structure, R 1s is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), and R 2s Is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), and at least one of R 3s , R 4s , R 5s , and R 6s is aromatic. A group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), the rest being hydrogen atoms or 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 18 carbon atoms, It is preferably an organic group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and they may be the same or different. The polymerization of the a structure and the b structure may be block polymerization or random polymerization. In the Z portion, the a structure is preferably 5 to 95 mol%, the b structure is 95 to 5 mol%, and a + b is 100 mol%.
 式(SL)において、好ましいZとしては、b構造中のR5sおよびR6sがフェニル基であるものが挙げられる。また、式(SL)で示される構造の分子量は、400~4,000であることが好ましく、500~3,000がより好ましい。分子量は、一般的に用いられるゲル浸透クロマトグラフィによって求めることができる。上記分子量を上記範囲とすることで、ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体の脱水閉環後の弾性率を下げ、反りを抑制できる効果と溶解性を向上させる効果を両立することができる。 In formula (SL), preferred Z includes those in which R 5s and R 6s in the b structure are phenyl groups. The molecular weight of the structure represented by the formula (SL) is preferably 400 to 4,000, more preferably 500 to 3,000. The molecular weight can be determined by commonly used gel permeation chromatography. When the molecular weight is within the above range, the elastic modulus of the polybenzoxazole precursor after dehydration ring closure can be lowered, and the effect of suppressing warpage and the effect of improving solubility can be made compatible.
 前駆体が、他の種類の構成単位として式(SL)で表されるジアミン残基を含む場合、アルカリ可溶性を向上させる点で、さらに、テトラカルボン酸二無水物から酸二無水物基の除去後に残存するテトラカルボン酸残基を構成単位として含むことが好ましい。このようなテトラカルボン酸残基の例としては、式(1)中のR115の例が挙げられる。 When the precursor contains a diamine residue represented by the formula (SL) as another type of structural unit, it further improves alkali solubility, and further removes an acid dianhydride group from the tetracarboxylic dianhydride. It is preferable to include a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining afterwards as a constituent unit. Examples of such a tetracarboxylic acid residue include the example of R 115 in the formula (1).
 ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは2000~500000であり、より好ましくは5000~100000であり、さらに好ましくは10000~50000である。また、数平均分子量(Mn)は、好ましくは800~250000であり、より好ましくは、2000~50000であり、さらに好ましくは、4000~25000である。
 ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体の分子量の分散度は、1.5~3.5が好ましく、2~3がより好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and further preferably 10,000 to 50,000. The number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 800 to 250,000, more preferably 2000 to 50000, and further preferably 4000 to 25000.
The polybenzoxazole precursor has a molecular weight dispersity of preferably from 1.5 to 3.5, more preferably from 2 to 3.
<<ポリイミド>>
 ポリイミドとしては、イミド環を有する高分子化合物であればよく、特に限定されないが、下記式(4)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、下記式(4)で表される化合物であって、ラジカル重合性基を有する化合物であることがより好ましい。ラジカル重合性基としては、上記のポリイミド前駆体の項で説明したラジカル重合性基が挙げられ、好ましい範囲も同様である。
式(4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 式(4)中、R131は、2価の有機基を表し、R132は、4価の有機基を表す。
<< Polyimide >>
The polyimide is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymer compound having an imide ring, but is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (4), and a compound represented by the following formula (4) More preferably, it is a compound having a radically polymerizable group. Examples of the radically polymerizable group include the radically polymerizable group described in the above section of the polyimide precursor, and the preferable range is also the same.
Formula (4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
In the formula (4), R 131 represents a divalent organic group, and R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group.
 ポリイミドがラジカル重合性基を有する場合、R131およびR132の少なくとも一方にラジカル重合性基が導入されていてもよいし、ポリイミドの末端にラジカル重合性基が導入されていてもよい。 When the polyimide has a radical polymerizable group, the radical polymerizable group may be introduced into at least one of R 131 and R 132 , or the radical polymerizable group may be introduced into the terminal of the polyimide.
 R131が表す2価の有機基としては、上述したポリイミド前駆体の式(1)におけるR111と同様の基が例示され、好ましい範囲も同様である。R132が表す4価の有機基としては、上述したポリイミド前駆体の式(1)におけるR115と同様の基が例示され、好ましい範囲も同様である。 Examples of the divalent organic group represented by R 131 include the same groups as R 111 in the formula (1) of the polyimide precursor described above, and the preferred ranges are also the same. Examples of the tetravalent organic group represented by R 132 include the same groups as R 115 in the formula (1) of the polyimide precursor described above, and the preferred ranges are also the same.
 ポリイミドはイミド化率が85%以上であることが好ましく、90%以上であることがより好ましい。イミド化率が85%以上であることにより、加熱によりイミド化される時に起こる閉環に伴う膜収縮が小さくなり、反りの発生を抑えることができる。 The imidization ratio of the polyimide is preferably 85% or more, more preferably 90% or more. When the imidization ratio is 85% or more, the film shrinkage due to ring closure that occurs when imidized by heating is reduced, and the occurrence of warpage can be suppressed.
<<ポリベンゾオキサゾール>>
 ポリベンゾオキサゾールとしては、ベンゾオキサゾール環を有する化合物であればよく、特に限定されないが、下記式(X)で表される繰り返し単位を有する化合物であることが好ましく、下記式(X)で表される化合物であって、ラジカル重合性基を有する化合物であることがより好ましい。ラジカル重合性基としては、上記のポリイミド前駆体で説明したラジカル重合性基が挙げられ、好ましい範囲も同様である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 式(X)中、R133は、2価の有機基を表し、R134は、4価の有機基を表す。
<< polybenzoxazole >>
The polybenzoxazole may be a compound having a benzoxazole ring and is not particularly limited, but is preferably a compound having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (X), represented by the following formula (X). More preferably, it is a compound having a radically polymerizable group. Examples of the radically polymerizable group include the radically polymerizable group described in the above polyimide precursor, and the preferable range is also the same.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
In the formula (X), R 133 represents a divalent organic group, and R 134 represents a tetravalent organic group.
 ポリベンゾオキサゾールがラジカル重合性基を有する場合、R133およびR134の少なくとも一方にラジカル重合性基が導入されていてもよく、ポリベンゾオキサゾールの末端にラジカル重合性基が導入されていてもよい。 When the polybenzoxazole has a radical polymerizable group, a radical polymerizable group may be introduced into at least one of R 133 and R 134 , or a radical polymerizable group may be introduced into the end of the polybenzoxazole. .
 R133が表す2価の有機基としては、脂肪族または芳香族基が挙げられる。具体的な例としては、ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体の式(2)のR121で説明した基が挙げられ、好ましい範囲も同様である。R134が表す4価の有機基としては、ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体の式(2)中のR122で説明した基が挙げられ、好ましい範囲も同様である。 Examples of the divalent organic group represented by R 133 include an aliphatic or aromatic group. Specific examples include the groups described for R 121 in the formula (2) of the polybenzoxazole precursor, and the preferred range is also the same. Examples of the tetravalent organic group represented by R 134 include the groups described for R 122 in the formula (2) of the polybenzoxazole precursor, and the preferable range is also the same.
 本発明の樹脂組成物における、樹脂の含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し20質量%以上であることが好ましく、30質量%以上であることがより好ましく、40質量%以上であることがさらに好ましく、50質量%以上であることが一層好ましく、60質量%以上であることがより一層好ましく、70質量%以上であることがさらに一層好ましい。また、本発明の樹脂組成物における、樹脂の含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、99.5質量%以下であることが好ましく、99質量%以下であることがより好ましく、98質量%以下であることがさらに好ましく、95質量%以下であることが一層好ましい。
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物における、ポリマー前駆体(好ましくはポリイミド前駆体)の含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し20質量%以上であることが好ましく、30質量%以上であることがより好ましく、40質量%以上であることがさらに好ましく、50質量%以上であることが一層好ましく、60質量%以上であることがより一層好ましく、70質量%以上であることがさらに一層好ましい。また、本発明の樹脂組成物における、ポリマー前駆体の含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、99.5質量%以下であることが好ましく、99質量%以下であることがより好ましく、98質量%以下であることがさらに好ましく、95質量%以下であることが一層好ましく、95質量%以下であることがより一層好ましい。
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、樹脂を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the resin in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and 40% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the resin composition. More preferably, it is more preferably 50 mass% or more, still more preferably 60 mass% or more, still more preferably 70 mass% or more. The content of the resin in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, more preferably 99% by mass or less, and more preferably 98% by mass or less based on the total solid content of the resin composition. The content is more preferably not more than mass%, and even more preferably not more than 95 mass%.
Further, the content of the polymer precursor (preferably the polyimide precursor) in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more and 30% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the resin composition. More preferably, it is more preferably 40 mass% or more, still more preferably 50 mass% or more, even more preferably 60 mass% or more, and even more preferably 70 mass% or more. . Further, the content of the polymer precursor in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, and more preferably 99% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the resin composition. , 98% by mass or less is more preferable, 95% by mass or less is more preferable, and 95% by mass or less is even more preferable.
The resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types of resin. When two or more kinds are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<化合物B>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、加熱することで塩基性基が生成する基と式(b1)で表される基とをそれぞれ含むpKaが5以上の化合物Bとを含む。以下、加熱することで塩基性基が生成する基を特定官能基ともいう。また、式(b1)で表される基を、基(b1)ともいう。
 -M(R)(R)(R)   ・・・(b1)
 式(b1)中、Mは、Si、TiまたはZrを表し、R~Rは、それぞれ独立して、RbまたはORbを表し、Rbは、それぞれ独立して炭素数1~10の炭化水素基を表す。
<Compound B>
The resin composition of the present invention includes a compound B having a pKa of 5 or more, each of which contains a group which forms a basic group when heated and a group which is represented by the formula (b1). Hereinafter, a group which a basic group produces by heating is also referred to as a specific functional group. The group represented by the formula (b1) is also referred to as a group (b1).
-M 1 (R 1 ) (R 2 ) (R 3 ) ... (b1)
Wherein (b1), M 1 is, Si, represents Ti or Zr, R 1 to R 3 each independently represents a Rb 1 or ORb 1, Rb 1 is carbon independently 1 to Represents 10 hydrocarbon groups.
 化合物BのpKaは5以上であり、8以上であることが好ましく、10以上であることがより好ましく、12以上であることが更に好ましく、12.5以上であることがより一層好ましく、13以上であることが更に一層好ましい。上限は20以下が好ましく、18以下がより好ましく、15以下が更に好ましい。なお、化合物BのpKaは23℃での水中での値である。 The pKa of the compound B is 5 or more, preferably 8 or more, more preferably 10 or more, further preferably 12 or more, even more preferably 12.5 or more, and 13 or more. Is even more preferable. The upper limit is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 15 or less. The pKa of compound B is the value in water at 23 ° C.
 化合物Bの分子量は、100~2000であることが好ましい。上限は1900以下であることが好ましく、1500以下であることがより好ましく、500以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は150以上であることが好ましく、200以上であることがより好ましく、250以上であることが更に好ましい。 The molecular weight of compound B is preferably 100 to 2000. The upper limit is preferably 1900 or less, more preferably 1500 or less, and further preferably 500 or less. The lower limit is preferably 150 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and further preferably 250 or more.
 化合物Bのアミン価は500mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、400mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、300mgKOH/g以下であることが更に好ましい。 The amine value of compound B is preferably 500 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 400 mgKOH / g or less, and further preferably 300 mgKOH / g or less.
 化合物Bの塩基性基発生温度は、160℃以上であることが好ましく、170℃であることがより好ましく、180℃以上であることが更に好ましい。塩基性基発生温度の上限は300℃以下であることが好ましく、280℃以下であることがより好ましく、250℃以下であることが更に好ましい。この態様によれば、硬化膜の形成時に塩基性基を効率よく発生させることができるので、樹脂組成物の保存安定性を維持しつつ、密着性及び信頼性に優れた硬化膜を形成することができる。すなわち、化合物Bが有する上記特定官能基は、160℃以上の温度で分解して塩基性基が生成する基であることが好ましく、170℃以上の温度で分解して塩基性基が生成する基であることがより好ましく、180℃以上の温度で分解して塩基性基が生成する基であることが更に好ましい。上記温度の上限は、300℃以下であることが好ましく、280℃以下であることがより好ましく、250℃以下であることが更に好ましい。 The basic group generation temperature of compound B is preferably 160 ° C. or higher, more preferably 170 ° C., and further preferably 180 ° C. or higher. The upper limit of the basic group generation temperature is preferably 300 ° C or lower, more preferably 280 ° C or lower, and further preferably 250 ° C or lower. According to this aspect, since the basic group can be efficiently generated during formation of the cured film, it is possible to form a cured film having excellent adhesion and reliability while maintaining the storage stability of the resin composition. You can That is, the specific functional group contained in the compound B is preferably a group that decomposes at a temperature of 160 ° C. or higher to form a basic group, and a group that decomposes at a temperature of 170 ° C. or higher to form a basic group. Is more preferable, and a group that is decomposed at a temperature of 180 ° C. or higher to form a basic group is further preferable. The upper limit of the temperature is preferably 300 ° C or lower, more preferably 280 ° C or lower, and further preferably 250 ° C or lower.
 化合物Bが有する特定官能基(加熱することで塩基性基が生成する基)は、窒素原子を含む複素環基、アミド基、ウレア基、イソシアネート基、ウレタン基、アロハネート基、ビュレット基およびイミド基から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を含むことが好ましい。窒素原子を含む複素環基としては、アゾール環基、ピロール環基、インドール環基、ピリジン環基、ピラゾール環基、ジアジン環基、ベンゾジアジン環基などが挙げられる。
 特定官能基の好ましい態様は、以下の(1)および(2)が挙げられる。なかでも、液中の保存安定性という理由から以下の(2)の態様が好ましく、イソシアネート基を少なくとも含む態様であることがより好ましい。
 (1)窒素原子を含む複素環基と、-OCO-およびCOO-から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基とをそれぞれ含む態様。
 (2)アミド基、ウレア基、イソシアネート基、ウレタン基、アロハネート基、ビュレット基およびイミド基から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を含む態様。
The specific functional group (group which a basic group is generated by heating) of the compound B is a heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom, an amide group, a urea group, an isocyanate group, a urethane group, an alohanate group, a buret group and an imide group. It is preferable that it contains at least one group selected from Examples of the heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom include an azole ring group, a pyrrole ring group, an indole ring group, a pyridine ring group, a pyrazole ring group, a diazine ring group, and a benzodiazine ring group.
Preferred embodiments of the specific functional group include the following (1) and (2). Among them, the following embodiment (2) is preferable from the viewpoint of storage stability in a liquid, and more preferably an embodiment containing at least an isocyanate group.
(1) A mode including a heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom and at least one group selected from —OCO— and COO—.
(2) An embodiment containing at least one group selected from an amide group, a urea group, an isocyanate group, a urethane group, an alohanate group, a buret group and an imide group.
 次に、化合物Bが有する基(b1)について説明する。 Next, the group (b1) contained in the compound B will be described.
 式(b1)において、式(b1)中、Mは、Si、TiまたはZrを表し、Siであることが好ましい。MがSiである場合は、樹脂組成物の保存安定性をより向上させたり、得られる硬化膜の密着性や信頼性をより向上させることができる。また、MはTiまたはZrであることも好ましい。好ましいは、得られる硬化膜の伸度などの機械特性をより向上させることができる。 In the formula (b1), in the formula (b1), M 1 represents Si, Ti or Zr, and is preferably Si. When M 1 is Si, the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved, and the adhesion and reliability of the obtained cured film can be further improved. It is also preferable that M 1 is Ti or Zr. Preferably, mechanical properties such as elongation of the obtained cured film can be further improved.
 式(b1)において、R~Rは、それぞれ独立して、RbまたはORbを表し、Rbは、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基を表す。Rbが表す炭化水素基としては、脂肪族飽和炭化水素基、脂肪族不飽和炭化水素基および芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。脂肪族飽和炭化水素基および脂肪族不飽和炭化水素基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであってもよい。Rbが表す炭化水素基としては、脂肪族飽和炭化水素基および脂肪族不飽和炭化水素基が好ましく、脂肪族飽和炭化水素基がより好ましい。また、脂肪族飽和炭化水素基の炭素数は1~6が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。 In formula (b1), R 1 to R 3 each independently represent Rb 1 or ORb 1 , and Rb 1 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the hydrocarbon group represented by Rb 1 include an aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group, an aliphatic unsaturated hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group and the aliphatic unsaturated hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic. As the hydrocarbon group represented by Rb 1 , an aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group and an aliphatic unsaturated hydrocarbon group are preferable, and an aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group is more preferable. The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group is preferably 1-6, more preferably 1-3.
 式(b1)において、R~Rの少なくとも一つはORbであることが好ましい。なかでもより優れた密着性や信頼性を有する硬化膜が得られやすいという理由から、R~Rはそれぞれ独立して、ORbであることがより好ましい。 In formula (b1), at least one of R 1 to R 3 is preferably ORb 1 . Among them, it is more preferable that R 1 to R 3 are each independently ORb 1 because a cured film having more excellent adhesion and reliability can be easily obtained.
 なお、式(b1)においてMとR~Rとの結合の種類は特に限定はなく、共有結合、イオン結合、配位結合のいずれであってもよい。なかでも、より優れた密着性や信頼性を有する硬化膜が得られやすいという理由から共有結合であることが好ましい。 The type of bond between M 1 and R 1 to R 3 in formula (b1) is not particularly limited, and may be a covalent bond, an ionic bond, or a coordinate bond. Among them, the covalent bond is preferable because a cured film having more excellent adhesion and reliability can be easily obtained.
 本発明で用いられる化合物Bは、下記式(I)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 式(I)中、Aは加熱することで塩基性基が生成する基を表し、Lは、単結合または2価の連結基を表し、MはSi、TiまたはZrを表し、R~Rは、それぞれ独立して、RbまたはORbを表し、Rbは、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基を表す。
The compound B used in the present invention is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (I).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
In formula (I), A 1 represents a group generated by heating to generate a basic group, L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, M 1 represents Si, Ti or Zr, and R 1 1 to R 3 each independently represent Rb 1 or ORb 1 , and Rb 1 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
 式(I)のM、R~R、Rbの好ましい範囲については上述した範囲と同義である。
 式(I)のAは、加熱することで塩基性基が生成する基を表す。Aの好ましい範囲については、上述した特定官能基と同義である。式(I)のLは、単結合または2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アリーレン基、-O-、及びこれらの組み合わせからなる基が挙げられる。
The preferable ranges of M 1 , R 1 to R 3 and Rb 1 of the formula (I) are the same as the above-mentioned ranges.
A 1 of the formula (I) represents a group which a basic group forms by heating. The preferable range of A 1 is synonymous with the specific functional group described above. L 1 in formula (I) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an arylene group, —O—, and a group composed of a combination thereof.
 化合物Bの具体例としては、下記構造の化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Specific examples of the compound B include compounds having the following structures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 化合物Bの含有量は樹脂組成物の全固形分中0.01~5質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、4質量%以下が好ましく、3質量%以下がより好ましく、2質量%以下が更に好ましく、1.5質量%以下が特に好ましい。下限は、0.05質量%以上が好ましい。
 また、化合物Bの含有量は、樹脂100質量部に対して0.02~15質量部であることが好ましい。上限は、11質量部以下が好ましく、8質量部以下がより好ましく、6質量部以下が更に好ましい。下限は、0.05質量部以上が好ましく、0.5質量部以上がより好ましく、1質量部以上が更に好ましい。化合物Bは1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。2種以上用いる場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
The content of the compound B is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass based on the total solid content of the resin composition. The upper limit is preferably 4% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass or less, further preferably 2% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 1.5% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.05% by mass or more.
Further, the content of the compound B is preferably 0.02 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. The upper limit is preferably 11 parts by mass or less, more preferably 8 parts by mass or less, and further preferably 6 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.05 part by mass or more, more preferably 0.5 part by mass or more, still more preferably 1 part by mass or more. The compound B may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are used, the total is preferably within the above range.
<熱塩基発生剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、上述した化合物B以外の成分として、更に熱塩基発生剤を含むことができる。熱塩基発生剤としては、その種類等は特に定めるものではないが、40℃以上に加熱すると塩基を発生する酸性化合物、および、pKaが0~4のアニオンとアンモニウムカチオンとを有するアンモニウム塩から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む熱塩基発生剤を含むことが好ましい。
 このような化合物を配合することにより、ポリマー前駆体などの環化反応を低温で行うことができる。また、熱塩基発生剤は、加熱しなければ塩基を発生しないので、ポリマー前駆体と共存させても、保存中におけるポリマー前駆体の環化を抑制でき、保存安定性に優れている。
<Thermal base generator>
The resin composition of the present invention may further contain a thermal base generator as a component other than the compound B described above. The type of the thermal base generator is not particularly limited, but it is selected from an acidic compound that generates a base when heated to 40 ° C. or higher, and an ammonium salt having an anion having a pKa of 0 to 4 and an ammonium cation. It is preferable to include a thermal base generator containing at least one of
By compounding such a compound, the cyclization reaction of the polymer precursor or the like can be carried out at a low temperature. Further, since the thermal base generator does not generate a base unless heated, it can suppress cyclization of the polymer precursor during storage even when it is made to coexist with the polymer precursor, and has excellent storage stability.
 熱塩基発生剤は、40℃以上に加熱すると塩基を発生する酸性化合物(A1)、および、pKaが0~4のアニオンとアンモニウムカチオンとを有するアンモニウム塩(A2)から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましい。上記酸性化合物(A1)および上記アンモニウム塩(A2)は、加熱すると塩基を発生するので、これらの化合物から発生した塩基により、ポリマー前駆体の環化反応を促進でき、ポリマー前駆体の環化を低温で行うことができる。なお、本明細書において、酸性化合物とは、化合物を容器に1g採取し、イオン交換水とテトラヒドロフランとの混合液(質量比は水/テトラヒドロフラン=1/4)を50mL加えて、室温で1時間撹拌して得られた溶液を、pH(power of hydrogen)メーターを用いて、20℃にて測定した値が7未満である化合物を意味する。 The thermal base generator contains at least one selected from an acidic compound (A1) that generates a base when heated to 40 ° C. or higher, and an ammonium salt (A2) having an anion having a pKa of 0 to 4 and an ammonium cation. It is preferable. The acidic compound (A1) and the ammonium salt (A2) generate a base when heated, and thus the base generated from these compounds can accelerate the cyclization reaction of the polymer precursor, thereby cyclizing the polymer precursor. It can be done at low temperatures. In the present specification, the acidic compound means that 1 g of the compound is collected in a container, 50 mL of a mixed liquid of ion-exchanged water and tetrahydrofuran (mass ratio water / tetrahydrofuran = 1/4) is added, and the mixture is allowed to stand at room temperature for 1 hour. The solution obtained by stirring means a compound having a value of less than 7 measured at 20 ° C. using a pH (power of hydrogen) meter.
 本発明で用いられる熱塩基発生剤の塩基発生温度は、40℃以上が好ましく、120~200℃がより好ましい。塩基発生温度の上限は、190℃以下が好ましく、180℃以下がより好ましく、165℃以下がさらに好ましい。塩基発生温度の下限は、130℃以上が好ましく、135℃以上がより好ましい。塩基発生温度は、例えば、示差走査熱量測定を用い、化合物を耐圧カプセル中5℃/分で250℃まで加熱し、最も温度が低い発熱ピークのピーク温度を読み取り、ピーク温度を塩基発生温度として測定することができる。 The base generation temperature of the thermal base generator used in the present invention is preferably 40 ° C. or higher, more preferably 120 to 200 ° C. The upper limit of the base generation temperature is preferably 190 ° C or lower, more preferably 180 ° C or lower, still more preferably 165 ° C or lower. The lower limit of the base generation temperature is preferably 130 ° C or higher, more preferably 135 ° C or higher. For the base generation temperature, for example, using differential scanning calorimetry, the compound is heated in a pressure-resistant capsule at 5 ° C./min to 250 ° C., the peak temperature of the lowest exothermic peak is read, and the peak temperature is measured as the base generation temperature. can do.
 熱塩基発生剤により発生する塩基は、2級アミンまたは3級アミンが好ましく、3級アミンがより好ましい。3級アミンは、塩基性が高いので、ポリマー前駆体の環化温度をより低くできる。また、熱塩基発生剤により発生する塩基の沸点は、80℃以上であることが好ましく、100℃以上であることがより好ましく、140℃以上であることがさらに好ましい。また、発生する塩基の分子量は、80~2000が好ましい。下限は100以上がより好ましい。上限は500以下がより好ましい。なお、分子量の値は、構造式から求めた理論値である。 The base generated by the thermal base generator is preferably a secondary amine or a tertiary amine, more preferably a tertiary amine. Since the tertiary amine is highly basic, the cyclization temperature of the polymer precursor can be lowered. The boiling point of the base generated by the thermal base generator is preferably 80 ° C or higher, more preferably 100 ° C or higher, and further preferably 140 ° C or higher. The molecular weight of the generated base is preferably 80 to 2000. The lower limit is more preferably 100 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 500 or less. The value of the molecular weight is a theoretical value obtained from the structural formula.
 本実施形態において、上記酸性化合物(A1)は、アンモニウム塩および後述する式(101)または(102)で表される化合物から選ばれる1種以上を含むことが好ましい。 In the present embodiment, the acidic compound (A1) preferably contains one or more selected from ammonium salts and compounds represented by the formula (101) or (102) described later.
 本実施形態において、上記アンモニウム塩(A2)は、酸性化合物であることが好ましい。なお、上記アンモニウム塩(A2)は、40℃以上(好ましくは120~200℃)に加熱すると塩基を発生する酸性化合物を含む化合物であってもよいし、40℃以上(好ましくは120~200℃)に加熱すると塩基を発生する酸性化合物を除く化合物であってもよい。 In the present embodiment, the ammonium salt (A2) is preferably an acidic compound. The ammonium salt (A2) may be a compound containing an acidic compound that generates a base when heated to 40 ° C or higher (preferably 120 to 200 ° C), or 40 ° C or higher (preferably 120 to 200 ° C). ) It may be a compound excluding an acidic compound which generates a base when heated.
 本実施形態において、アンモニウム塩とは、下記式(101)または式(102)で表されるアンモニウムカチオンと、アニオンとの塩を意味する。アニオンは、アンモニウムカチオンのいずれかの一部と共有結合を介して結合していてもよく、アンモニウムカチオンの分子外に有していてもよいが、アンモニウムカチオンの分子外に有していることが好ましい。なお、アニオンが、アンモニウムカチオンの分子外に有するとは、アンモニウムカチオンとアニオンが共有結合を介して結合していない場合をいう。以下、カチオン部の分子外のアニオンを対アニオンともいう。
式(101)    式(102)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 式(101)および式(102)中、R~Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または炭化水素基を表し、Rは炭化水素基を表す。式(101)および式(102)におけるRとR、RとR、RとR、RとRはそれぞれ結合して環を形成してもよい。
In the present embodiment, the ammonium salt means a salt of an ammonium cation represented by the following formula (101) or formula (102) and an anion. The anion may be bound to any part of the ammonium cation through a covalent bond and may be present outside the ammonium cation molecule, but may be present outside the ammonium cation molecule. preferable. In addition, that the anion has outside the molecule of the ammonium cation means that the ammonium cation and the anion are not bonded via a covalent bond. Hereinafter, the anion outside the molecule of the cation portion is also referred to as a counter anion.
Expression (101) Expression (102)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
In formulas (101) and (102), R 1 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and R 7 represents a hydrocarbon group. R 1 and R 2 , R 3 and R 4 , R 5 and R 6 , and R 5 and R 7 in formulas (101) and (102) may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 アンモニウムカチオンは、下記式(Y1-1)~(Y1-5)のいずれかで表されることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
The ammonium cation is preferably represented by any of the following formulas (Y1-1) to (Y1-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 式(Y1-1)~(Y1-5)において、R101は、n価の有機基を表し、RおよびRは、式(101)または式(102)と同義である。
 式(Y1-1)~(Y1-5)において、Ar101およびAr102は、それぞれ独立に、アリール基を表し、nは、1以上の整数を表し、mは、0~5の整数を表す。
In formulas (Y1-1) to (Y1-5), R 101 represents an n-valent organic group, and R 1 and R 7 have the same meaning as in formula (101) or formula (102).
In formulas (Y1-1) to (Y1-5), Ar 101 and Ar 102 each independently represent an aryl group, n represents an integer of 1 or more, and m represents an integer of 0 to 5. .
 本実施形態において、アンモニウム塩は、pKaが0~4のアニオンとアンモニウムカチオンとを有することが好ましい。アニオンのpKaの上限は、3.5以下がより好ましく、3.2以下が一層好ましい。下限は、0.5以上が好ましく、1.0以上がより好ましい。アニオンのpKaが上記範囲であれば、ポリマー前駆体をより低温で環化でき、さらには、樹脂組成物の安定性を向上できる。pKaが4以下であれば、熱塩基発生剤の安定性が良好で、加熱なしに塩基が発生することを抑制でき、樹脂組成物の安定性が良好である。pKaが0以上であれば、発生した塩基が中和されにくく、ポリマー前駆体の環化効率が良好である。
 アニオンの種類は、カルボン酸アニオン、フェノールアニオン、リン酸アニオンおよび硫酸アニオンから選ばれる1種が好ましく、塩の安定性と熱分解性を両立させられるという理由からカルボン酸アニオンがより好ましい。すなわち、アンモニウム塩は、アンモニウムカチオンとカルボン酸アニオンとの塩がより好ましい。
 カルボン酸アニオンは、2個以上のカルボキシル基を持つ2価以上のカルボン酸のアニオンが好ましく、2価のカルボン酸のアニオンがより好ましい。この態様によれば、樹脂組成物の安定性、硬化性および現像性をより向上できる熱塩基発生剤とすることができる。特に、2価のカルボン酸のアニオンを用いることで、樹脂組成物の安定性、硬化性および現像性をさらに向上できる。
 本実施形態において、カルボン酸アニオンは、pKaが4以下のカルボン酸のアニオンであることが好ましい。pKaは、3.5以下がより好ましく、3.2以下が一層好ましい。この態様によれば、樹脂組成物の安定性をより向上できる。
 ここでpKaとは、酸のプロトンの解離定数の逆数の対数を表し、Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods(著者:Brown, H. C., McDaniel, D. H., Hafliger, O., Nachod, F. C.; 編纂:Braude, E. A., Nachod, F. C.; Academic Press, New York, 1955)や、Data for Biochemical Research(著者:Dawson, R.M.C.et al; Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1959)に記載の値を参照することができる。これらの文献に記載の無い化合物については、ACD/pKa(ACD/Labs製)のソフトを用いて構造式より算出した値を用いることとする。
In the present embodiment, the ammonium salt preferably has an anion having a pKa of 0 to 4 and an ammonium cation. The upper limit of the pKa of the anion is more preferably 3.5 or less and even more preferably 3.2 or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.5 or more, more preferably 1.0 or more. When the pKa of the anion is within the above range, the polymer precursor can be cyclized at a lower temperature, and the stability of the resin composition can be improved. When the pKa is 4 or less, the stability of the thermal base generator is good, the generation of base without heating can be suppressed, and the stability of the resin composition is good. When the pKa is 0 or more, the generated base is difficult to neutralize, and the cyclization efficiency of the polymer precursor is good.
The type of anion is preferably one selected from a carboxylate anion, a phenol anion, a phosphate anion and a sulfate anion, and a carboxylate anion is more preferable because the stability of the salt and the thermal decomposability can be compatible. That is, the ammonium salt is more preferably a salt of an ammonium cation and a carboxylate anion.
The carboxylic acid anion is preferably an anion of a divalent or higher carboxylic acid having two or more carboxyl groups, and more preferably a divalent carboxylic acid anion. According to this aspect, it is possible to provide a thermal base generator capable of further improving the stability, curability and developability of the resin composition. In particular, the stability, curability and developability of the resin composition can be further improved by using the anion of divalent carboxylic acid.
In the present embodiment, the carboxylic acid anion is preferably an anion of a carboxylic acid having a pKa of 4 or less. The pKa is more preferably 3.5 or less and even more preferably 3.2 or less. According to this aspect, the stability of the resin composition can be further improved.
Here, pKa represents the logarithm of the reciprocal of the dissociation constant of the proton of an acid, and is known as Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods (author: Brown, H. C., McDaniel, D. H., Haf Nager, O. Nafliger, O. Hafliger. F. C .; Compilation: Braude, E. A., Nachod, F. C .; Academic Press, New York, 1955), and Data for Biochemical Research (author: Dawson, R. M. R. M. , Clarendon Press, 1959). For compounds not described in these documents, the value calculated from the structural formula using software of ACD / pKa (manufactured by ACD / Labs) is used.
 カルボン酸アニオンは、下記式(X1)で表されることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 式(X1)において、EWGは、電子求引性基を表す。
The carboxylate anion is preferably represented by the following formula (X1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
In the formula (X1), EWG represents an electron-withdrawing group.
 本実施形態において電子求引性基とは、ハメットの置換基定数σmが正の値を示すものを意味する。ここでσmは、都野雄甫総説、有機合成化学協会誌第23巻第8号(1965)p.631-642に詳しく説明されている。なお、本実施形態における電子求引性基は、上記文献に記載された置換基に限定されるものではない。
 σmが正の値を示す置換基の例としては、CF基(σm=0.43)、CFCO基(σm=0.63)、HC≡C基(σm=0.21)、CH=CH基(σm=0.06)、Ac基(σm=0.38)、MeOCO基(σm=0.37)、MeCOCH=CH基(σm=0.21)、PhCO基(σm=0.34)、HNCOCH基(σm=0.06)などが挙げられる。なお、Meはメチル基を表し、Acはアセチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。
In the present embodiment, the electron-withdrawing group means that the Hammett's substituent constant σm exhibits a positive value. Here, σm is as described in Yuho Tsuno, Review of Organic Synthetic Chemistry, Vol. 23, No. 8 (1965) p. 631-642. The electron-withdrawing group in the present embodiment is not limited to the substituents described in the above documents.
Examples of the substituent having a positive σm value include CF 3 group (σm = 0.43), CF 3 CO group (σm = 0.63), HC≡C group (σm = 0.21), CH 2 = CH group (σm = 0.06), Ac group (σm = 0.38), MeOCO group (σm = 0.37), MeCOCH = CH group (σm = 0.21), PhCO group (σm = 0) .34), H 2 NCOCH 2 group (σm = 0.06), and the like. In addition, Me represents a methyl group, Ac represents an acetyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
 EWGは、下記式(EWG-1)~(EWG-6)で表される基であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 式(EWG-1)~(EWG-6)中、Rx1~Rx3は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、ヒドロキシル基またはカルボキシル基を表し、Arは芳香族基を表す。
EWG is preferably a group represented by the following formulas (EWG-1) to (EWG-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
In formulas (EWG-1) to (EWG-6), R x1 to R x3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group, and Ar is an aromatic group. Represents
 本実施形態において、カルボン酸アニオンは、下記式(XA)で表されることが好ましい。
式(XA)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式(XA)において、L10は、単結合、または、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基、芳香族基、-NR-およびこれらの組み合わせから選ばれる2価の連結基を表し、Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基またはアリール基を表す。
In this embodiment, the carboxylate anion is preferably represented by the following formula (XA).
Formula (XA)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
In formula (XA), L 10 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group selected from an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an aromatic group, —NR X — and a combination thereof, and R X represents a hydrogen atom. Represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aryl group.
 カルボン酸アニオンの具体例としては、マレイン酸アニオン、フタル酸アニオン、N-フェニルイミノ二酢酸アニオンおよびシュウ酸アニオンが挙げられる。これらを好ましく用いることができる。 Specific examples of the carboxylate anion include maleate anion, phthalate anion, N-phenyliminodiacetic acid anion and oxalate anion. These can be preferably used.
 熱塩基発生剤の具体例としては、以下の化合物を挙げることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
The following compounds may be mentioned as specific examples of the thermal base generator.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 熱塩基発生剤の含有量は、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、0.1~50質量%が好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、30質量%以下がより好ましく、20質量%以下がさらに好ましい。熱塩基発生剤は、1種または2種以上を用いることができる。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The content of the thermal base generator is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, still more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, further preferably 20% by mass or less. The thermal base generator can use 1 type (s) or 2 or more types. When two or more kinds are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<感光剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は感光剤を含有することが好ましい。感光剤としては、光重合開始剤が挙げられ、その他、例えば、光硬化促進剤を含んでいてもよい。
<Photosensitizer>
The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a photosensitizer. Examples of the photosensitizer include a photopolymerization initiator, and may further include, for example, a photocuring accelerator.
<<光重合開始剤>>
 感光剤に用いる光重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の光ラジカル重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有する光ラジカル重合開始剤が好ましい。また、光励起された増感剤と何らかの作用を生じ、活性ラジカルを生成する活性剤であってもよい。光ラジカル重合開始剤は、約300~800nm(好ましくは330~500nm)の範囲内で少なくとも約50のモル吸光係数を有する化合物を、少なくとも1種含有していることが好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、紫外可視分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶剤を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。
<< photopolymerization initiator >>
The photopolymerization initiator used for the photosensitizer is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator. The photo radical polymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photo radical polymerization initiators. For example, a photoradical polymerization initiator having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferable. Further, it may be an activator that produces an active radical by causing some action with the photoexcited sensitizer. The photoradical polymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar extinction coefficient of at least about 50 in the range of about 300 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). The molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure with an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g / L.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、公知の化合物を任意に使用できる。例えば、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物、トリハロメチル基を有する化合物など)、アシルホスフィンオキサイド等のアシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール、オキシム誘導体等のオキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、ケトオキシムエーテル、アミノアセトフェノン化合物、ヒドロキシアセトフェノン化合物、アゾ系化合物、アジド化合物、メタロセン化合物、有機ホウ素化合物、鉄アレーン錯体などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0165~0182、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0138~0151の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As the radical photopolymerization initiator, any known compound can be used. For example, halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.), acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, hexaarylbiimidazole, oxime derivatives, etc. Oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenone compounds, azo compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, organic boron compounds, iron arene complexes, etc. Is mentioned. For details of these, the descriptions in paragraphs 0165 to 0182 of JP-A-2016-027357 and paragraphs 0138 to 0151 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
 ケトン化合物としては、例えば、特開2015-087611号公報の段落0087に記載の化合物が例示され、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。市販品では、カヤキュアーDETX(日本化薬(株)製)も好適に用いられる。 Examples of the ketone compound include the compounds described in paragraph 0087 of JP-A-2005-087611, the contents of which are incorporated herein. In the commercially available product, Kayacure DETX (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) is also preferably used.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、ヒドロキシアセトフェノン化合物、アミノアセトフェノン化合物、および、アシルホスフィン化合物も好適に用いることができる。より具体的には、例えば、特開平10-291969号公報に記載のアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特許第4225898号に記載のアシルホスフィンオキシド系開始剤も用いることができる。ヒドロキシアセトフェノン系開始剤としては、IRGACURE 184(IRGACUREは登録商標)、DAROCUR 1173、IRGACURE 500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE 127(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤としては、市販品であるIRGACURE 907、IRGACURE 369、および、IRGACURE 379(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤として、365nmまたは405nm等の波長光源に吸収極大波長がマッチングされた特開2009-191179号公報に記載の化合物も用いることができる。アシルホスフィン系開始剤としては、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル-ジフェニル-ホスフィンオキサイドなどが挙げられる。また、市販品であるIRGACURE-819やIRGACURE-TPO(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。メタロセン化合物としては、IRGACURE-784(BASF社製)などが例示される。 As the photoradical polymerization initiator, a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and an acylphosphine compound can also be preferably used. More specifically, for example, an aminoacetophenone-based initiator described in JP-A-10-291969 and an acylphosphine oxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used. As the hydroxyacetophenone initiator, IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR 1173, IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE-2959, IRGACURE 127 (trade name: all manufactured by BASF) can be used. As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, commercially available products IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used. As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, the compound described in JP-A 2009-191179 in which the absorption maximum wavelength is matched with a wavelength light source of 365 nm or 405 nm can also be used. Examples of the acylphosphine-based initiator include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide. In addition, commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819 and IRGACURE-TPO (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used. Examples of the metallocene compound include IRGACURE-784 (manufactured by BASF).
 光ラジカル重合開始剤として、より好ましくはオキシム化合物が挙げられる。オキシム化合物を用いることにより、露光ラチチュードをより効果的に向上させることが可能になる。オキシム化合物は、露光ラチチュード(露光マージン)が広く、かつ、光硬化促進剤としても働くため、特に好ましい。オキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-080068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物を用いることができる。好ましいオキシム化合物としては、例えば、下記の構造の化合物や、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、および2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オンなどが挙げられる。本発明の樹脂組成物においては、特に光ラジカル重合開始剤としてオキシム化合物(オキシム系の光重合開始剤)を用いることが好ましい。オキシム系の光重合開始剤は、分子内に >C=N-O-C(=O)- の連結基を有する化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
An oxime compound is more preferred as the photo-radical polymerization initiator. By using the oxime compound, the exposure latitude can be more effectively improved. Oxime compounds are particularly preferable because they have a wide exposure latitude (exposure margin) and also act as a photocuring accelerator. As specific examples of oxime compounds, the compounds described in JP 2001-233842 A, the compounds described in JP 2000-080068 A, and the compounds described in JP 2006-342166 A can be used. Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, compounds having the following structures, 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, and 2-acetoxy. Iminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutan-2-one , And 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one. In the resin composition of the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use an oxime compound (oxime-based photopolymerization initiator) as the photoradical polymerization initiator. The oxime-based photopolymerization initiator is a compound having a> C═N—O—C (═O) — linking group in the molecule.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 市販品ではIRGACURE OXE 01、IRGACURE OXE 02、IRGACURE OXE 03、IRGACURE OXE 04(以上、BASF社製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919((株)ADEKA製、特開2012-014052号公報に記載の光ラジカル重合開始剤2)も好適に用いられる。また、TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製)、アデカアークルズNCI-831およびアデカアークルズNCI-930((株)ADEKA製)も用いることができる。また、DFI-091(ダイトーケミックス株式会社製)を用いることができる。
 さらに、また、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることも可能である。そのようなオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載されている化合物、特表2014-500852号公報の段落0345に記載されている化合物24、36~40、特開2013-164471号公報の段落0101に記載されている化合物(C-3)などが挙げられる。
 最も好ましいオキシム化合物としては、特開2007-269779号公報に示される特定置換基を有するオキシム化合物や、特開2009-191061号公報に示されるチオアリール基を有するオキシム化合物などが挙げられる。
As commercially available products, IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02, IRGACURE OXE 03, IRGACURE OXE 04 (above, manufactured by BASF), Adeka Optimer N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA, Inc., JP 2012-014052 A) The radical polymerization initiator 2) is also preferably used. Further, TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Power Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.), ADEKA ARCRUZ NCI-831 and ADEKA ARCRUZ NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) can also be used. In addition, DFI-091 (manufactured by Daito Chemix Co., Ltd.) can be used.
Furthermore, it is also possible to use an oxime compound having a fluorine atom. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include the compounds described in JP 2010-262028 A, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in paragraph 0345 of JP-A-2014-500852, and JP 2013-2013 A. The compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of JP-A-164471 can be mentioned.
The most preferable oxime compound includes oxime compounds having a specific substituent described in JP-A 2007-269779 and oxime compounds having a thioaryl group described in JP-A 2009-191061.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム塩化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物およびその誘導体、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体およびその塩、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物、3-アリール置換クマリン化合物からなる群より選択される化合物が好ましい。さらに好ましい光ラジカル重合開始剤は、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム塩化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物であり、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、ベンゾフェノン化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物が一層好ましく、メタロセン化合物またはオキシム化合物を用いるのがより一層好ましく、オキシム化合物がさらに一層好ましい。 The photoradical polymerization initiator is a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyldimethylketal compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a triaryl, from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity. Selected from the group consisting of imidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and their derivatives, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes and their salts, halomethyloxadiazole compounds, 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds. Compounds are preferred. More preferred photoradical polymerization initiators are trihalomethyltriazine compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds, At least one compound selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyltriazine compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, and benzophenone compounds is more preferable, metallocene compounds or oxime compounds are even more preferable, and oxime compounds are more preferable. Are even more preferred.
 また、光ラジカル重合開始剤は、ベンゾフェノン、N,N’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン(ミヒラーケトン)等のN,N’-テトラアルキル-4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1,2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルホリノ-プロパノン-1等の芳香族ケトン、アルキルアントラキノン等の芳香環と縮環したキノン類、ベンゾインアルキルエーテル等のベンゾインエーテル化合物、ベンゾイン、アルキルベンゾイン等のベンゾイン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール等のベンジル誘導体などを用いることもできる。また、下記式(I)で表される化合物を用いることもできる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 式(I)中、RI00は、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、1個以上の酸素原子によって中断された炭素数2~20のアルキル基、炭素数1~12のアルコキシル基、フェニル基、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数1~12のアルコキシル基、ハロゲン原子、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、炭素数2~12のアルケニル基、1個以上の酸素原子によって中断された炭素数2~18のアルキル基および炭素数1~4のアルキル基の少なくとも1つで置換されたフェニル基、またはビフェニルであり、RI01は、式(II)で表される基であるか、RI00と同じ基であり、RI02~RI04は各々独立に炭素数1~12のアルキル、炭素数1~12のアルコキシまたはハロゲンである。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
式中、RI05~RI07は、上記式(I)のRI02~RI04と同じである。
The photo-radical polymerization initiators are benzophenone, N, N'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone (Michler's ketone) and other N, N'-tetraalkyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenones, 2-benzyl. Aromatic ketones such as -2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1,2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholino-propanone-1 and alkylanthraquinones It is also possible to use quinones condensed with the aromatic ring, a benzoin ether compound such as benzoin alkyl ether, a benzoin compound such as benzoin and alkylbenzoin, and a benzyl derivative such as benzyldimethylketal. Moreover, the compound represented by the following formula (I) can also be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
In formula (I), R I00 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, C1-C20 alkyl group, C1-C12 alkoxyl group, halogen atom, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, C2-C12 alkenyl group, C2-C interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms 18 alkyl group and at least one substituted phenyl group of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a biphenyl,, R I01 is a group represented by formula (II), the same as R I00 R I02 to R I04 each independently represent alkyl having 1 to 12 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 12 carbons, or halogen.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
In the formula, R I05 to R I07 are the same as R I02 to R I04 in the above formula (I).
 また、光ラジカル重合開始剤は、国際公開第2015/125469号の段落0048~0055に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 The compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0055 of WO 2015/125469 can also be used as the photoradical polymerization initiator.
 光重合開始剤を含む場合、その含有量は、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~30質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~20質量%であり、さらに好ましくは0.5~15質量%であり、一層好ましくは1.0~10質量%である。光重合開始剤は1種のみ含有していてもよいし、2種以上含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the photopolymerization initiator is contained, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. %, More preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass, and even more preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass. The photopolymerization initiator may contain only one type, or may contain two or more types. When two or more photopolymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<熱ラジカル重合開始剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は熱ラジカル重合開始剤を含有してもよい。熱ラジカル重合開始剤は、熱のエネルギーによってラジカルを発生し、重合性を有する化合物の重合反応を開始または促進させる化合物である。熱ラジカル重合開始剤を添加することによって、ポリマー前駆体の環化と共に、ポリマー前駆体の重合反応を進行させることもできるので、より高度な耐熱化が達成できることとなる。熱ラジカル重合開始剤として、具体的には、特開2008-063554号公報の段落0074~0118に記載されている化合物が挙げられる。
<Thermal radical polymerization initiator>
The resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal radical polymerization initiator. The thermal radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates a radical by the energy of heat and initiates or accelerates the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound. By adding the thermal radical polymerization initiator, the polymerization reaction of the polymer precursor can be progressed together with the cyclization of the polymer precursor, so that higher heat resistance can be achieved. Specific examples of the thermal radical polymerization initiator include compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of JP 2008-063554 A.
 熱ラジカル重合開始剤を含む場合、その含有量は、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~30質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~20質量%であり、さらに好ましくは5~15質量%である。熱ラジカル重合開始剤は1種のみ含有していてもよいし、2種以上含有していてもよい。熱重合開始剤を2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the thermal radical polymerization initiator is contained, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. %, And more preferably 5 to 15% by mass. The thermal radical polymerization initiator may contain only one type, or may contain two or more types. When two or more thermal polymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<重合性化合物>
<<ラジカル重合性化合物>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は重合性化合物を含むことが好ましい。重合性化合物としては、ラジカル重合性化合物を用いることができる。ラジカル重合性化合物は、ラジカル重合性基を有する化合物である。ラジカル重合性基としては、ビニル基、アリル基、ビニルフェニル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などのエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基が挙げられる。ラジカル重合性基は、(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましい。
<Polymerizable compound>
<< Radical Polymerizable Compound >>
The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound. A radically polymerizable compound can be used as the polymerizable compound. The radically polymerizable compound is a compound having a radically polymerizable group. Examples of the radically polymerizable group include groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as vinyl group, allyl group, vinylphenyl group and (meth) acryloyl group. The radically polymerizable group is preferably a (meth) acryloyl group.
 ラジカル重合性化合物が有するラジカル重合性基の数は、1個でもよく、2個以上でもよいが、ラジカル重合性化合物はラジカル重合性基を2個以上有することが好ましく、3個以上有することがより好ましい。上限は、15個以下が好ましく、10個以下がより好ましく、8個以下がさらに好ましい。 The number of radically polymerizable groups contained in the radically polymerizable compound may be 1 or 2 or more, but the radically polymerizable compound preferably has 2 or more radically polymerizable groups, and preferably 3 or more. More preferable. The upper limit is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and further preferably 8 or less.
 ラジカル重合性化合物の分子量は、2000以下が好ましく、1500以下がより好ましく、900以下がさらに好ましい。ラジカル重合性化合物の分子量の下限は、100以上が好ましい。 The molecular weight of the radically polymerizable compound is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less, still more preferably 900 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the radically polymerizable compound is preferably 100 or more.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、現像性の観点から、重合性基を2個以上含む2官能以上のラジカル重合性化合物を少なくとも1種含むことが好ましく、3官能以上のラジカル重合性化合物を少なくとも1種含むことがより好ましい。また、2官能のラジカル重合性化合物と3官能以上のラジカル重合性化合物との混合物であってもよい。なお、ラジカル重合性化合物の官能基数は、1分子中におけるラジカル重合性基の数を意味する。 From the viewpoint of developability, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one bifunctional or more radically polymerizable compound containing two or more polymerizable groups, and at least one trifunctional or more functional radically polymerizable compound. It is more preferable to include a seed. Further, it may be a mixture of a bifunctional radically polymerizable compound and a trifunctional or higher functional radically polymerizable compound. The number of functional groups of the radically polymerizable compound means the number of radically polymerizable groups in one molecule.
 ラジカル重合性化合物の具体例としては、不飽和カルボン酸(例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸、マレイン酸など)やそのエステル類、アミド類が挙げられ、好ましくは、不飽和カルボン酸と多価アルコール化合物とのエステル、および不飽和カルボン酸と多価アミン化合物とのアミド類である。また、ヒドロキシル基やアミノ基、スルファニル基等の求核性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステルあるいはアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能イソシアネート類あるいはエポキシ類との付加反応物や、単官能若しくは多官能のカルボン酸との脱水縮合反応物等も好適に使用される。また、イソシアネート基やエポキシ基等の親電子性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステルあるいはアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との付加反応物、さらに、ハロゲン基やトシルオキシ基等の脱離性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステルあるいはアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との置換反応物も好適である。また、別の例として、上記の不飽和カルボン酸の代わりに、不飽和ホスホン酸、スチレン等のビニルベンゼン誘導体、ビニルエーテル、アリルエーテル等に置き換えた化合物群を使用することも可能である。具体例としては、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0113~0122の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Specific examples of the radically polymerizable compound include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) and esters thereof, and amides thereof, and preferably, They are esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric alcohol compounds, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric amine compounds. Further, an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxyl group, an amino group or a sulfanyl group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or an epoxy, or a monofunctional or polyfunctional A dehydration condensation reaction product with a functional carboxylic acid is also preferably used. Further, addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group or an epoxy group with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, thiols, and halogen groups. Substitution products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a leaving substituent such as or tosyloxy group with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols are also suitable. Further, as another example, it is also possible to use a compound group in which unsaturated phosphonic acid, a vinylbenzene derivative such as styrene, vinyl ether, allyl ether or the like is substituted for the above unsaturated carboxylic acid. As specific examples, the descriptions in paragraphs 0113 to 0122 of JP-A-2016-027357 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 また、ラジカル重合性化合物は、常圧下で100℃以上の沸点を持つ化合物も好ましい。その例としては、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキサンジオール(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(アクリロイルオキシプロピル)エーテル、トリ(アクリロイルオキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、グリセリンやトリメチロールエタン等の多官能アルコールにエチレンオキサイドやプロピレンオキサイドを付加させた後、(メタ)アクリレート化した化合物、特公昭48-041708号公報、特公昭50-006034号公報、特開昭51-37193号公報に記載されているようなウレタン(メタ)アクリレート類、特開昭48-64183号公報、特公昭49-43191号公報、特公昭52-30490号公報に記載されているポリエステルアクリレート類、エポキシ樹脂と(メタ)アクリル酸との反応生成物であるエポキシアクリレート類等の多官能のアクリレートやメタクリレートおよびこれらの混合物を挙げることができる。また、特開2008-292970号公報の段落0254~0257に記載の化合物も好適である。また、多官能カルボン酸にグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等の環状エーテル基とエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物を反応させて得られる多官能(メタ)アクリレートなども挙げることができる。
 また、上述以外の好ましいラジカル重合性化合物として、特開2010-160418号公報、特開2010-129825号公報、特許第4364216号公報等に記載される、フルオレン環を有し、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基を2個以上有する化合物や、カルド樹脂も使用することが可能である。
 さらに、その他の例としては、特公昭46-043946号公報、特公平01-040337号公報、特公平01-040336号公報に記載の特定の不飽和化合物や、特開平02-025493号公報に記載のビニルホスホン酸系化合物等もあげることができる。また、特開昭61-022048号公報に記載のペルフルオロアルキル基を含む化合物を用いることもできる。さらに日本接着協会誌 vol.20、No.7、300~308ページ(1984年)に光重合性モノマーおよびオリゴマーとして紹介されているものも使用することができる。
The radical polymerizable compound is also preferably a compound having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher under normal pressure. Examples thereof include polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolethane tri (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol. Poly (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, hexanediol (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (acryloyloxypropyl) ether, tri (acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, glycerin, trimethylolethane, etc. A compound obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a functional alcohol and then converting it into (meth) acrylate, JP-B-48-0417 No. 8, JP-B-50-006034, JP-A-51-37193, urethane (meth) acrylates as described in JP-A-48-64183 and JP-B-49-43191. , Polyfunctional acrylates and methacrylates such as polyester acrylates and epoxy acrylates, which are reaction products of epoxy resin and (meth) acrylic acid, and mixtures thereof, which are described in JP-B-52-30490. You can Further, the compounds described in paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP-A 2008-292970 are also suitable. Further, a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate obtained by reacting a polyfunctional carboxylic acid with a compound having a cyclic ether group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate and an ethylenically unsaturated bond can also be mentioned.
In addition, as preferable radically polymerizable compounds other than the above, there are ethylenically unsaturated bonds having a fluorene ring, which are described in JP 2010-160418 A, JP 2010-129825 A, JP 4364216 A, and the like. It is also possible to use a compound having two or more groups having a or a cardo resin.
Further, as other examples, specific unsaturated compounds described in JP-B-46-043946, JP-B-01-040337, and JP-B-01-040336, and JP-A-02-025493 are described. The vinyl phosphonic acid-based compounds can also be used. Further, the compounds containing a perfluoroalkyl group described in JP-A No. 61-022048 can also be used. Furthermore, the Japan Adhesive Association magazine, vol. 20, No. The compounds introduced as photopolymerizable monomers and oligomers on pages 7, 300 to 308 (1984) can also be used.
 上記のほか、特開2015-034964号公報の段落0048~0051に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0087~0131に記載の化合物も好ましく用いることができ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 In addition to the above, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0051 of JP-A-2005-034964 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0087 to 0131 of WO 2015/199219 can also be preferably used, and the contents thereof are described in the present specification. Incorporated into the book.
 また、特開平10-062986号公報において式(1)および式(2)としてその具体例と共に記載の、多官能アルコールにエチレンオキサイドやプロピレンオキサイドを付加させた後に(メタ)アクリレート化した化合物も、ラジカル重合性化合物として用いることができる。 Further, compounds described in JP-A-10-062986 as formulas (1) and (2) together with specific examples thereof, which are (meth) acrylated after addition of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol, It can be used as a radically polymerizable compound.
 さらに、特開2015-187211号公報の段落0104~0131に記載の化合物も他のラジカル重合性化合物として用いることができ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Furthermore, the compounds described in paragraphs 0104 to 0131 of JP-A-2015-18721 can also be used as other radically polymerizable compounds, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 ラジカル重合性化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD D-330;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD D-320;日本化薬(株)製、A-TMMT:新中村化学工業社製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD D-310;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬(株)製、A-DPH;新中村化学工業社製)、およびこれらの(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコール残基またはプロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造が好ましい。これらのオリゴマータイプも使用できる。 As the radically polymerizable compound, dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku (Nippon Kayaku) Ltd., A-TMMT: Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa (meta). Acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and these (meth) acryloyl groups are mediated by ethylene glycol residues or propylene glycol residues. A bonded structure is preferred. These oligomer types can also be used.
 ラジカル重合性化合物の市販品としては、例えばサートマー社製のエチレンオキシ鎖を4個有する4官能アクリレートであるSR-494、エチレンオキシ鎖を4個有する2官能メタクリレートであるサートマー社製のSR-209、231、239、日本化薬(株)製のペンチレンオキシ鎖を6個有する6官能アクリレートであるDPCA-60、イソブチレンオキシ鎖を3個有する3官能アクリレートであるTPA-330、ウレタンオリゴマーUAS-10、UAB-140(日本製紙社製)、NKエステルM-40G、NKエステル4G、NKエステルM-9300、NKエステルA-9300、UA-7200(新中村化学工業社製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(共栄社化学社製)、ブレンマーPME400(日油(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of commercially available radically polymerizable compounds include SR-494, which is a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains manufactured by Sartomer, and SR-209, which is a bifunctional methacrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains, manufactured by Sartomer. 231, 239, DPCA-60, which is a hexafunctional acrylate having 6 pentyleneoxy chains, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., TPA-330, which is a trifunctional acrylate having 3 isobutyleneoxy chains, and urethane oligomer UAS-. 10, UAB-140 (manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd.), NK ester M-40G, NK ester 4G, NK ester M-9300, NK ester A-9300, UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H ( Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306 , AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), BLEMMER PME400 (manufactured by NOF Corporation) and the like.
 ラジカル重合性化合物としては、特公昭48-041708号公報、特開昭51-037193号公報、特公平02-032293号公報、特公平02-016765号公報に記載されているようなウレタンアクリレート類や、特公昭58-049860号公報、特公昭56-017654号公報、特公昭62-039417号公報、特公昭62-039418号公報に記載のエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物類も好適である。さらに、ラジカル重合性化合物として、特開昭63-277653号公報、特開昭63-260909号公報、特開平01-105238号公報に記載される、分子内にアミノ構造やスルフィド構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。 Examples of the radically polymerizable compound include urethane acrylates such as those described in JP-B-48-041708, JP-A-51-037193, JP-B-02-032293, and JP-B-02-016765. The urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-B-58-049860, JP-B-56-017654, JP-B-62-039417 and JP-B-62-039418 are also suitable. Furthermore, as the radically polymerizable compound, compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule, which are described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909 and JP-A-01-105238, can be used. It can also be used.
 ラジカル重合性化合物は、カルボキシル基、リン酸基等の酸基を有するラジカル重合性化合物であってもよい。酸基を有するラジカル重合性化合物は、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルが好ましく、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物の未反応のヒドロキシル基に非芳香族カルボン酸無水物を反応させて酸基を持たせたラジカル重合性化合物がより好ましい。特に好ましくは、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物の未反応のヒドロキシル基に非芳香族カルボン酸無水物を反応させて酸基を持たせたラジカル重合性化合物において、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物がペンタエリスリトールまたはジペンタエリスリトールである化合物である。市販品としては、例えば、東亞合成株式会社製の多塩基酸変性アクリルオリゴマーとして、M-510、M-520などが挙げられる。
 酸基を有するラジカル重合性化合物の好ましい酸価は、0.1~40mgKOH/gであり、特に好ましくは5~30mgKOH/gである。ラジカル重合性化合物の酸価が上記範囲であれば、製造や取扱性に優れ、さらには、現像性に優れる。また、重合性が良好である。
The radically polymerizable compound may be a radically polymerizable compound having an acid group such as a carboxyl group and a phosphoric acid group. The radically polymerizable compound having an acid group is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride to produce an acid. A radically polymerizable compound having a group is more preferable. Particularly preferably, in the radically polymerizable compound in which an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride to have an acid group, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol or dipenta A compound that is erythritol. Examples of commercially available products include polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. such as M-510 and M-520.
The acid value of the radically polymerizable compound having an acid group is preferably 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, particularly preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g. When the acid value of the radically polymerizable compound is within the above range, the production and handling properties are excellent, and further, the developability is excellent. Also, the polymerizability is good.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、硬化膜の弾性率制御に伴う反り抑制の観点から、ラジカル重合性化合物として、単官能ラジカル重合性化合物を好ましく用いることができる。単官能ラジカル重合性化合物としては、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ブトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、カルビトール(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、N-メチロール(メタ)アクリルアミド、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸誘導体、N-ビニルピロリドン、N-ビニルカプロラクタム等のN-ビニル化合物類、アリルグリシジルエーテル、ジアリルフタレート、トリアリルトリメリテート等のアリル化合物類等が好ましく用いられる。単官能ラジカル重合性化合物としては、露光前の揮発を抑制するため、常圧下で100℃以上の沸点を持つ化合物も好ましい。 In the resin composition of the present invention, a monofunctional radical-polymerizable compound can be preferably used as the radical-polymerizable compound from the viewpoint of suppressing warpage associated with controlling the elastic modulus of the cured film. Examples of the monofunctional radically polymerizable compound include n-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, carbitol (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl ( (Meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, N-methylol (meth) acrylamide, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate and the like (meth) ) Acrylic acid derivatives, N-vinyl compounds such as N-vinylpyrrolidone and N-vinylcaprolactam, allyl glycidyl ether, diallyl phthalate, triallyl trimellitate and the like Le compounds are preferably used. As the monofunctional radically polymerizable compound, a compound having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher under normal pressure is also preferable in order to suppress volatilization before exposure.
<<上述したラジカル重合性化合物以外の重合性化合物>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、上述したラジカル重合性化合物以外の重合性化合物をさらに含むことができる。上述したラジカル重合性化合物以外の重合性化合物としては、ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基またはアシルオキシメチル基を有する化合物;エポキシ化合物;オキセタン化合物;ベンゾオキサジン化合物が挙げられる。
<< Polymerizable compound other than the above-mentioned radically polymerizable compound >>
The resin composition of the present invention may further contain a polymerizable compound other than the above-mentioned radically polymerizable compound. Examples of the polymerizable compound other than the radically polymerizable compound described above include compounds having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group; epoxy compounds; oxetane compounds; and benzoxazine compounds.
<<<ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基またはアシルオキシメチル基を有する化合物>>>
 ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基またはアシルオキシメチル基を有する化合物としては、下記式(AM1)、(AM4)または(AM5)で示される化合物が好ましい。
<<< Compound Having Hydroxymethyl Group, Alkoxymethyl Group or Acyloxymethyl Group >>
The compound having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (AM1), (AM4) or (AM5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
(式中、tは、1~20の整数を示し、R104は炭素数1~200のt価の有機基を示し、R105は、-OR106または、-OCO-R107で示される基を示し、R106は、水素原子または炭素数1~10の有機基を示し、R107は、炭素数1~10の有機基を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
(In the formula, t represents an integer of 1 to 20, R 104 represents a t-valent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms, and R 105 represents a group represented by —OR 106 or —OCO—R 107. R 106 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 107 represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
(式中、R404は炭素数1~200の2価の有機基を示し、R405は、-OR406または、-OCO-R407で示される基を示し、R406は、水素原子または炭素数1~10の有機基を示し、R407は、炭素数1~10の有機基を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
(In the formula, R 404 represents a divalent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms, R 405 represents a group represented by —OR 406 or —OCO—R 407 , and R 406 represents a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom. And R 407 represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
(式中uは3~8の整数を示し、R504は炭素数1~200のu価の有機基を示し、R505は、-OR506または、-OCO-R507で示される基を示し、R506は、水素原子または炭素数1~10の有機基を示し、R507は、炭素数1~10の有機基を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
(In the formula, u represents an integer of 3 to 8, R 504 represents a u-valent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms, and R 505 represents a group represented by —OR 506 or —OCO—R 507. , R 506 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 507 represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.)
 式(AM4)で示される化合物の具体例としては、46DMOC、46DMOEP(旭有機材工業(株)製)、DML-MBPC、DML-MBOC、DML-OCHP、DML-PCHP、DML-PC、DML-PTBP、DML-34X、DML-EP、DML-POP、dimethylolBisOC-P、DML-PFP、DML-PSBP、DML-MTrisPC(本州化学工業(株)製)、NIKALAC MX-290((株)三和ケミカル製)、2,6-dimethoxymethyl-4-t-butylphenol、2,6-dimethoxymethyl-p-cresol、2,6-diacetoxymethyl-p-cresolなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (AM4) include 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd.), DML-MBPC, DML-MBOC, DML-OCHP, DML-PCHP, DML-PC, DML-. PTBP, DML-34X, DML-EP, DML-POP, dimethyltylBisOC-P, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-MTrisPC (manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), NIKALAC MX-290 (Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.) Manufactured by K.K.), 2,6-dimethyloxymethyl-4-t-butylphenol, 2,6-dimethyloxymethyl-p-cresol, 2,6-diacetyloxymethyl-p-cresol and the like.
 また、式(AM5)で示される化合物の具体例としては、TriML-P、TriML-35XL、TML-HQ、TML-BP、TML-pp-BPF、TML-BPA、TMOM-BP、HML-TPPHBA、HML-TPHAP、HMOM-TPPHBA、HMOM-TPHAP(本州化学工業(株)製)、TM-BIP-A(旭有機材工業(株)製)、NIKALAC MX-280、NIKALAC MX-270、NIKALAC MW-100LM((株)三和ケミカル製)が挙げられる。 Further, specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (AM5) include TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPA, TMOM-BP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP, HMOM-TPPHBA, HMOM-TPHAP (manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), TM-BIP-A (manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd.), NIKALAC MX-280, NIKALAC MX-270, NIKALAC MW-. 100 LM (manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.) may be mentioned.
<<<エポキシ化合物(エポキシ基を有する化合物)>>>
 エポキシ化合物としては、一分子中にエポキシ基を2以上有する化合物であることが好ましい。エポキシ基は、200℃以下で架橋反応し、かつ、架橋に由来する脱水反応が起こらないため膜収縮が起きにくい。このため、エポキシ化合物を含有することは、組成物の低温硬化および反りの抑制に効果的である。
<<< Epoxy Compound (Compound Having Epoxy Group) >>
The epoxy compound is preferably a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule. The epoxy group undergoes a cross-linking reaction at 200 ° C. or lower, and a dehydration reaction due to the cross-linking does not occur, so that the film shrinkage hardly occurs. Therefore, the inclusion of the epoxy compound is effective for curing the composition at low temperature and suppressing warpage.
 エポキシ化合物は、ポリエチレンオキサイド基を含有することが好ましい。これにより、より弾性率が低下し、また反りを抑制することができる。ポリエチレンオキサイド基は、エチレンオキサイドの構成単位数が2以上のものを意味し、構成単位数が2~15であることが好ましい。 The epoxy compound preferably contains a polyethylene oxide group. As a result, the elastic modulus is further reduced and the warp can be suppressed. The polyethylene oxide group means that the number of constitutional units of ethylene oxide is 2 or more, and the number of constitutional units is preferably 2 to 15.
 エポキシ化合物の例としては、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂;ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂;プロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル等のアルキレングリコール型エポキシ樹脂;ポリプロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル等のポリアルキレングリコール型エポキシ樹脂;ポリメチル(グリシジロキシプロピル)シロキサン等のエポキシ基含有シリコーンなどを挙げることができるが、これらに限定されない。具体的には、エピクロン(登録商標)850-S、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-4032、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-7200、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-820、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-4700、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4710、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-4770、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-859CRP、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-1514、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4880、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4850-150、エピクロンEXA-4850-1000、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4816、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4822(DIC(株)製)、リカレジン(登録商標)BEO-60E(新日本理化(株))、EP-4003S、EP-4000S((株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。この中でも、ポリエチレンオキサイド基を含有するエポキシ樹脂が、反りの抑制および耐熱性に優れる点で好ましい。例えば、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4880、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4822、リカレジン(登録商標)BEO-60Eは、ポリエチレンオキサイド基を含有するので好ましい。 Examples of the epoxy compound include bisphenol A type epoxy resin; bisphenol F type epoxy resin; alkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as propylene glycol diglycidyl ether; polyalkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether; polymethyl (glycidyl Examples include, but are not limited to, epoxy group-containing silicones such as loxypropyl) siloxane. Specifically, Epiclon (registered trademark) 850-S, Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-4032, Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-7200, Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-820, Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-4700, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4710, epicuron (registered trademark) HP-4770, epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-859CRP, epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-1514, epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4880, epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4850-150, Epiclon EXA-4850-1000, Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4816, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4822 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Licaresin (registered trademark) BEO-60E (Nippon Rika) Ltd.), EP-4003S, EP-4 And the like 00S ((Ltd.) ADEKA). Among these, an epoxy resin containing a polyethylene oxide group is preferable in terms of suppression of warpage and excellent heat resistance. For example, Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4880, Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4822, and Lycaledin (registered trademark) BEO-60E are preferable because they contain a polyethylene oxide group.
<<<オキセタン化合物(オキセタニル基を有する化合物)>>>
 オキセタン化合物としては、一分子中にオキセタン環を2つ以上有する化合物、3-エチル-3-ヒドロキシメチルオキセタン、1,4-ビス{[(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メトキシ]メチル}ベンゼン、3-エチル-3-(2-エチルヘキシルメチル)オキセタン、1,4-ベンゼンジカルボン酸-ビス[(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル]エステル等を挙げることができる。具体的な例としては、東亞合成株式会社製のアロンオキセタンシリーズ(例えば、OXT-121、OXT-221、OXT-191、OXT-223)が好適に使用することができ、これらは単独で、あるいは2種以上混合してもよい。
<<<< oxetane compound (compound having oxetanyl group) >>
As the oxetane compound, a compound having two or more oxetane rings in one molecule, 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxetane, 1,4-bis {[(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methoxy] methyl} benzene, Examples thereof include 3-ethyl-3- (2-ethylhexylmethyl) oxetane and 1,4-benzenedicarboxylic acid-bis [(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl] ester. As a specific example, the Aron oxetane series manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. (for example, OXT-121, OXT-221, OXT-191, OXT-223) can be preferably used, and these can be used alone or You may mix 2 or more types.
<<<ベンゾオキサジン化合物(ベンゾオキサゾリル基を有する化合物)>>>
 ベンゾオキサジン化合物は、開環付加反応に由来する架橋反応のため、硬化時に脱ガスが発生せず、さらに熱収縮を小さくして反りの発生が抑えられることから好ましい。
<<<< benzoxazine compound (compound having benzoxazolyl group) >>>>
The benzoxazine compound is preferable because it does not generate degas during curing because it is a cross-linking reaction derived from a ring-opening addition reaction and further suppresses thermal contraction to suppress warpage.
 ベンゾオキサジン化合物の好ましい例としては、B-a型ベンゾオキサジン、B-m型ベンゾオキサジン(四国化成工業社製)、ポリヒドロキシスチレン樹脂のベンゾオキサジン付加物、フェノールノボラック型ジヒドロベンゾオキサジン化合物が挙げられる。これらは単独で用いるか、あるいは2種以上混合してもよい。 Preferred examples of the benzoxazine compound include Ba type benzoxazine, Bm type benzoxazine (manufactured by Shikoku Chemicals Co., Ltd.), benzoxazine adduct of polyhydroxystyrene resin, and phenol novolac type dihydrobenzoxazine compound. . These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 重合性化合物を含有する場合、その含有量は、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0質量%超60質量%以下であることが好ましい。下限は5質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、50質量%以下であることがより好ましく、30質量%以下であることがさらに好ましい。
 また、ラジカル重合性化合物を含有する場合、その含有量は、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0質量%超60質量%以下であることが好ましい。下限は5質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、50質量%以下であることがより好ましく、30質量%以下であることがさらに好ましい。
 重合性化合物は1種を単独で用いてもよいが、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。2種以上を併用する場合にはその合計量が上記の範囲となることが好ましい。
When the polymerizable compound is contained, its content is preferably more than 0% by mass and 60% by mass or less based on the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less, and further preferably 30% by mass or less.
When the radical polymerizable compound is contained, its content is preferably more than 0% by mass and 60% by mass or less based on the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less, and further preferably 30% by mass or less.
The polymerizable compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are used in combination, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<溶剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、溶剤を含有することが好ましい。溶剤は、公知の溶剤を任意に使用できる。溶剤は有機溶剤が好ましい。有機溶剤としては、エステル類、エーテル類、ケトン類、芳香族炭化水素類、スルホキシド類、アミド類などの化合物が挙げられる。
 エステル類として、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸-n-ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、ギ酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、プロピオン酸ブチル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、γ-ブチロラクトン、ε-カプロラクトン、δ-バレロラクトン、アルキルオキシ酢酸アルキル(例えば、アルキルオキシ酢酸メチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸エチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸ブチル(例えば、メトキシ酢酸メチル、メトキシ酢酸エチル、メトキシ酢酸ブチル、エトキシ酢酸メチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル等))、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例えば、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル等(例えば、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル等))、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例えば、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸プロピル等(例えば、2-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル))、2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチルおよび2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル(例えば、2-メトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル等)、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、2-オキソブタン酸メチル、2-オキソブタン酸エチル等が好適なものとして挙げられる。
 エーテル類として、例えば、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート等が好適なものとして挙げられる。
 ケトン類として、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン等が好適なものとして挙げられる。
 芳香族炭化水素類として、例えば、トルエン、キシレン、アニソール、リモネン等が好適なものとして挙げられる。
 スルホキシド類として、例えば、ジメチルスルホキシドが好適なものとして挙げられる。
 アミド類として、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N -エチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド等が好適なものとして挙げられる。
<Solvent>
The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. Any known solvent can be used as the solvent. The solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, aromatic hydrocarbons, sulfoxides and amides.
Examples of the esters include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone. , Δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkyloxyacetate (eg methyl alkyloxyacetate, ethyl alkyloxyacetate, butyl alkyloxyacetate (eg methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate etc. )), 3-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters (eg, methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, etc. (eg, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-methoxypropionate) Acid ethyl, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.), 2-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters (eg, methyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, 2 -Propyl alkyloxypropionate and the like (eg, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), 2-alkyl Methyl oxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate (eg, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate , Pyruvic acid Chill, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutanoate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate, and the like as preferred.
Examples of ethers include diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol. Suitable examples include monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, and propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate.
Preferable examples of the ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone and the like.
Examples of suitable aromatic hydrocarbons include toluene, xylene, anisole, and limonene.
Examples of suitable sulfoxides include dimethyl sulfoxide.
Preferred amides include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide and the like.
 溶剤は、塗布面性状の改良などの観点から、2種以上を混合する形態も好ましい。
 本発明では、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、ジメチルスルホキシド、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、プロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、およびプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテートから選択される1種の溶剤、または、2種以上で構成される混合溶剤が好ましい。ジメチルスルホキシドとγ-ブチロラクトンとの併用が特に好ましい。
From the viewpoint of improving the properties of the coated surface, the solvent is preferably a mixture of two or more kinds.
In the present invention, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ- One solvent selected from butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, or composed of two or more solvents Mixed solvents are preferred. The combined use of dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-butyrolactone is particularly preferred.
 溶剤の含有量は、塗布性の観点から、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分濃度が5~80質量%になる量とすることが好ましく、5~75質量%となる量にすることがより好ましく、10~70質量%となる量にすることがさらに好ましく、40~70質量%となるようにすることが一層好ましい。溶剤含有量は、所望の厚さと塗布方法によって調節すればよい。
 溶剤は1種のみ含有していてもよいし、2種以上含有していてもよい。溶剤を2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
From the viewpoint of coating properties, the content of the solvent is preferably such that the total solid content concentration of the resin composition of the present invention is 5 to 80% by mass, and preferably 5 to 75% by mass. The amount is more preferably 10 to 70% by mass, still more preferably 40 to 70% by mass. The solvent content may be adjusted according to the desired thickness and coating method.
The solvent may contain only 1 type, and may contain 2 or more types. When two or more kinds of solvents are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<マイグレーション抑制剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、さらにマイグレーション抑制剤を含むことが好ましい。マイグレーション抑制剤を含むことにより、金属層(金属配線)由来の金属イオンが樹脂組成物層内へ移動することを効果的に抑制可能となる。
 マイグレーション抑制剤としては、特に制限はないが、複素環(ピロール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピラゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、イソチアゾール環、テトラゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環、ピペリジン環、ピペラジン環、モルホリン環、2H-ピラン環および6H-ピラン環、トリアジン環)を有する化合物、チオ尿素類およびスルファニル基を有する化合物、ヒンダードフェノール系化合物、サリチル酸誘導体系化合物、ヒドラジド誘導体系化合物が挙げられる。特に、1,2,4-トリアゾール、ベンゾトリアゾール等のトリアゾール系化合物、1H-テトラゾール、5-フェニルテトラゾール等のテトラゾール系化合物が好ましく使用できる。
<Migration inhibitor>
The resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a migration inhibitor. By including the migration inhibitor, it is possible to effectively suppress the migration of metal ions derived from the metal layer (metal wiring) into the resin composition layer.
The migration inhibitor is not particularly limited, but a heterocycle (pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoxazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring, Compounds having pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, piperidine ring, piperazine ring, morpholine ring, 2H-pyran ring and 6H-pyran ring, triazine ring), compounds having thioureas and sulfanyl groups, hindered phenol compounds , Salicylic acid derivative compounds, and hydrazide derivative compounds. In particular, triazole compounds such as 1,2,4-triazole and benzotriazole can be preferably used, and tetrazole compounds such as 1H-tetrazole and 5-phenyltetrazole.
 また、ハロゲンイオンなどの陰イオンを捕捉するイオントラップ剤を使用することもできる。 Also, an ion trap agent that traps anions such as halogen ions can be used.
 その他のマイグレーション抑制剤としては、特開2013-015701号公報の段落0094に記載の防錆剤、特開2009-283711号公報の段落0073~0076に記載の化合物、特開2011-059656号公報の段落0052に記載の化合物、特開2012-194520号公報の段落0114、0116および0118に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0166に記載の化合物などを使用することができる。 Other migration inhibitors include rust preventives described in paragraph 0094 of JP2013-015701A, compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of JP2009-283711, and JP2011-059656A. The compounds described in Paragraph 0052, the compounds described in Paragraphs 0114, 0116 and 0118 of JP 2012-194520 A, the compounds described in Paragraph 0166 of WO 2015/199219 and the like can be used.
 マイグレーション抑制剤の具体例としては、下記化合物を挙げることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Specific examples of the migration inhibitor include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 樹脂組成物がマイグレーション抑制剤を有する場合、マイグレーション抑制剤の含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~5.0質量%であることが好ましく、0.05~2.0質量%であることがより好ましく、0.1~1.0質量%であることがさらに好ましい。マイグレーション抑制剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。マイグレーション抑制剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the resin composition has a migration inhibitor, the content of the migration inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5.0 mass% with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition, and 0.05 to 2 It is more preferably 0.0% by mass, and further preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass. Only one type of migration inhibitor may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more migration inhibitors are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<重合禁止剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、重合禁止剤を含むことが好ましい。重合禁止剤としては、例えば、ヒドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、p-tert-ブチルカテコール、1,4-ベンゾキノン、ジフェニル-p-ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソ-N-フェニルヒドロキシアミンアルミニウム塩、フェノチアジン、N-ニトロソジフェニルアミン、N-フェニルナフチルアミン、エチレンジアミン四酢酸、1,2-シクロヘキサンジアミン四酢酸、グリコールエーテルジアミン四酢酸、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール、5-ニトロソ-8-ヒドロキシキノリン、1-ニトロソ-2-ナフトール、2-ニトロソ-1-ナフトール、2-ニトロソ-5-(N-エチル-N-スルホプロピルアミノ)フェノール、N-ニトロソ-N-(1-ナフチル)ヒドロキシアミンアンモニウム塩、ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-tert-ブチル)フェニルメタンなどが好適に用いられる。また、特開2015-127817号公報の段落0060に記載の重合禁止剤、および、国際公開第2015/125469号の段落0031~0046に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。また、下記化合物を用いることができる(Meはメチル基である)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
<Polymerization inhibitor>
The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, p-tert-butylcatechol, 1,4-benzoquinone, diphenyl-p-benzoquinone, 4,4 ′. -Thiobis (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt, phenothiazine, N-nitrosodiphenylamine , N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, glycol etherdiaminetetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1 -Nitroso 2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5- (N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamino) phenol, N-nitroso-N- (1-naphthyl) hydroxyamine ammonium salt, bis (4 -Hydroxy-3,5-tert-butyl) phenylmethane and the like are preferably used. Further, the polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0060 of JP-A-2015-127817 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0046 of WO 2015/125469 can also be used. Further, the following compounds can be used (Me is a methyl group).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 本発明の樹脂組成物が重合禁止剤を有する場合、重合禁止剤の含有量は、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~5質量%であることが好ましく、0.02~3質量%であることがより好ましく、0.05~2.5質量%であることがさらに好ましい。重合禁止剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。重合禁止剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the resin composition of the present invention has a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5 mass% with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention, and 0 The content is more preferably 0.02 to 3% by mass, further preferably 0.05 to 2.5% by mass. Only one type of polymerization inhibitor may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more polymerization inhibitors are used, the total is preferably within the above range.
<その他の添加剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、必要に応じて、各種の添加物、例えば、熱酸発生剤、増感色素、連鎖移動剤、界面活性剤、高級脂肪酸誘導体、無機粒子、硬化剤、硬化触媒、充填剤、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、凝集防止剤等を配合することができる。これらの添加剤を配合する場合、その合計配合量は組成物の固形分の3質量%以下とすることが好ましい。
<Other additives>
The resin composition of the present invention is, if necessary, various additives such as a thermal acid generator, a sensitizing dye, a chain transfer agent, a surfactant, and a higher fatty acid derivative, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Inorganic particles, a curing agent, a curing catalyst, a filler, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, an agglomeration inhibitor and the like can be added. When these additives are blended, the total blending amount is preferably 3% by mass or less of the solid content of the composition.
<<熱酸発生剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、熱酸発生剤を含んでいてもよい。熱酸発生剤の含有量は、樹脂100質量部に対して0.01質量部以上が好ましく、0.1質量部以上がより好ましい。熱酸発生剤を0.01質量部以上含有することで、架橋反応およびポリマー前駆体の環化などが促進されるため、硬化膜の機械特性および耐薬品性をより向上させることができる。また、熱酸発生剤の含有量は、硬化膜の電気絶縁性の観点から、20質量部以下が好ましく、15質量部以下がより好ましく、10質量部以下がさらに好ましい。熱酸発生剤は、1種のみ用いても、2種以上用いてもよい。2種以上用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<< thermal acid generator >>
The resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal acid generator. The content of the thermal acid generator is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. By including 0.01 part by mass or more of the thermal acid generator, the crosslinking reaction and the cyclization of the polymer precursor are promoted, so that the mechanical properties and chemical resistance of the cured film can be further improved. In addition, the content of the thermal acid generator is preferably 20 parts by mass or less, more preferably 15 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, from the viewpoint of electric insulation of the cured film. Only one thermal acid generator may be used, or two or more thermal acid generators may be used. When two or more kinds are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<<増感色素>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、増感色素を含んでいてもよい。増感色素は、特定の活性放射線を吸収して電子励起状態となる。電子励起状態となった増感色素は、熱硬化促進剤、熱ラジカル重合開始剤、光ラジカル重合開始剤などと接触して、電子移動、エネルギー移動、発熱などの作用が生じる。これにより、熱硬化促進剤、熱ラジカル重合開始剤、光ラジカル重合開始剤は化学変化を起こして分解し、ラジカル、酸あるいは塩基を生成する。増感色素の詳細については、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0161~0163の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<< sensitizing dye >>
The resin composition of the present invention may contain a sensitizing dye. The sensitizing dye absorbs specific actinic radiation to be in an electronically excited state. The electron-excited sensitizing dye is brought into contact with a thermal curing accelerator, a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photoradical polymerization initiator, and the like, and effects such as electron transfer, energy transfer, and heat generation occur. As a result, the thermosetting accelerator, the thermal radical polymerization initiator, and the photoradical polymerization initiator undergo a chemical change and decompose to generate a radical, an acid, or a base. For details of the sensitizing dye, the description in paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of JP-A-2016-027357 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
 本発明の樹脂組成物が増感色素を含む場合、増感色素の含有量は、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.1~15質量%であることがより好ましく、0.5~10質量%であることがさらに好ましい。増感色素は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 When the resin composition of the present invention contains a sensitizing dye, the content of the sensitizing dye is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass% with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention, The amount is more preferably 1 to 15% by mass, further preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass. The sensitizing dyes may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
<<連鎖移動剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、連鎖移動剤を含有してもよい。連鎖移動剤は、例えば高分子辞典第三版(高分子学会編、2005年)683-684頁に定義されている。連鎖移動剤としては、例えば、分子内にSH、PH、SiH、およびGeHを有する化合物群が用いられる。これらは、低活性のラジカルに水素を供与して、ラジカルを生成するか、もしくは、酸化された後、脱プロトンすることによりラジカルを生成しうる。特に、チオール化合物を好ましく用いることができる。
 また、連鎖移動剤は、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0152~0153に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。
<< chain transfer agent >>
The resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent. The chain transfer agent is defined, for example, in Polymer Dictionary, Third Edition (edited by The Polymer Society of Japan, 2005), pages 683-684. As the chain transfer agent, for example, a compound group having SH, PH, SiH, and GeH in the molecule is used. These can donate hydrogen to a low activity radical to generate a radical, or can generate a radical by being deprotonated after being oxidized. Particularly, a thiol compound can be preferably used.
Further, as the chain transfer agent, the compounds described in paragraphs 0152 to 0153 of WO 2015/199219 can also be used.
 本発明の樹脂組成物が連鎖移動剤を有する場合、連鎖移動剤の含有量は、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分100質量部に対し、0.01~20質量部が好ましく、1~10質量部がより好ましく、1~5質量部がさらに好ましい。連鎖移動剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。連鎖移動剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the resin composition of the present invention has a chain transfer agent, the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention, and 1 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 1 to 5 parts by mass is further preferable. Only one type of chain transfer agent may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more chain transfer agents are used, it is preferable that the total thereof is within the above range.
<<界面活性剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物には、塗布性をより向上させる観点から、各種類の界面活性剤を添加してもよい。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種類の界面活性剤を使用できる。また、下記界面活性剤も好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
<< Surfactant >>
From the viewpoint of further improving the coatability, various kinds of surfactants may be added to the resin composition of the present invention. As the surfactant, various kinds of surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used. The following surfactants are also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 また、界面活性剤は、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0159~0165に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Further, as the surfactant, the compounds described in paragraphs 0159 to 0165 of WO 2015/199219 can also be used.
 本発明の樹脂組成物が界面活性剤を有する場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.001~2.0質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.005~1.0質量%である。界面活性剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。界面活性剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the resin composition of the present invention has a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 2.0 mass% with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. , And more preferably 0.005 to 1.0 mass%. The surfactant may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds of surfactants are used, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
<<高級脂肪酸誘導体>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、酸素に起因する重合阻害を防止するために、ベヘン酸やベヘン酸アミドのような高級脂肪酸誘導体を添加して、塗布後の乾燥の過程で組成物の表面に偏在させてもよい。
 また、高級脂肪酸誘導体は、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0155に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。
 本発明の樹脂組成物が高級脂肪酸誘導体を有する場合、高級脂肪酸誘導体の含有量は、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.1~10質量%であることが好ましい。高級脂肪酸誘導体は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。高級脂肪酸誘導体が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
<< Higher fatty acid derivative >>
The resin composition of the present invention is added with a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide in order to prevent polymerization inhibition due to oxygen, and is unevenly distributed on the surface of the composition during the drying process after coating. You may let me.
Further, as the higher fatty acid derivative, the compound described in paragraph 0155 of WO 2015/199219 can also be used.
When the resin composition of the present invention has a higher fatty acid derivative, the content of the higher fatty acid derivative is preferably 0.1 to 10 mass% with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. Only one type of higher fatty acid derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more higher fatty acid derivatives are used, the total of them is preferably within the above range.
<その他の含有物質についての制限>
 本発明の樹脂組成物の水分含有量は、塗布面性状の観点から、5質量%未満が好ましく、1質量%未満がより好ましく、0.6質量%未満がさらに好ましい。
<Restrictions on other contained substances>
The water content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5% by mass, more preferably less than 1% by mass, and even more preferably less than 0.6% by mass from the viewpoint of the properties of the coated surface.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、半導体材料としての用途を考慮すると、ハロゲン原子の含有量が、配線腐食性の観点から、500質量ppm未満が好ましく、300質量ppm未満がより好ましく、200質量ppm未満がさらに好ましい。中でも、ハロゲンイオンの状態で存在するものは、5質量ppm未満が好ましく、1質量ppm未満がより好ましく、0.5質量ppm未満がさらに好ましい。ハロゲン原子としては、塩素原子および臭素原子が挙げられる。塩素原子および臭素原子、あるいは塩素イオンおよび臭素イオンの合計がそれぞれ上記範囲であることが好ましい。 Considering the use as a semiconductor material, the resin composition of the present invention has a halogen atom content of preferably less than 500 mass ppm, more preferably less than 300 mass ppm, and less than 200 mass ppm from the viewpoint of wiring corrosivity. Is more preferable. Among them, those existing in the state of halogen ions are preferably less than 5 mass ppm, more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm. Examples of the halogen atom include chlorine atom and bromine atom. It is preferable that the total of chlorine atom and bromine atom, or the total of chlorine ion and bromine ion be in the above ranges.
 本発明の樹脂組成物の収容容器としては従来公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器としては、原材料や組成物中への不純物混入を抑制することを目的に、容器内壁を6種6層の樹脂で構成された多層ボトルや、6種の樹脂を7層構造にしたボトルを使用することも好ましい。このような容器としては例えば特開2015-123351号公報に記載の容器が挙げられる。 A conventionally known container can be used as a container for the resin composition of the present invention. In addition, as the container, a multi-layer bottle in which the inner wall of the container is composed of 6 kinds of 6 layers of resin, or 6 kinds of resin of 7 layers structure is used for the purpose of suppressing the mixing of impurities into raw materials and compositions. It is also preferable to use a bottle. As such a container, for example, the container described in JP-A-2015-123351 can be mentioned.
[樹脂組成物の調製]
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、上記各成分を混合して調製することができる。混合方法は特に限定はなく、従来公知の方法で行うことができる。
 また、組成物中のゴミや微粒子等の異物を除去する目的で、フィルターを用いたろ過を行うことが好ましい。フィルター孔径は、1μm以下が好ましく、0.5μm以下がより好ましく、0.1μm以下がさらに好ましい。フィルターの材質は、ポリテトラフロロエチレン、ポリエチレンまたはナイロンが好ましい。フィルターは、有機溶剤であらかじめ洗浄したものを用いてもよい。フィルターろ過工程では、複数種のフィルターを直列または並列に接続して用いてもよい。複数種のフィルターを使用する場合は、孔径または材質が異なるフィルターを組み合わせて使用してもよい。また、各種材料を複数回ろ過してもよい。複数回ろ過する場合は、循環ろ過であってもよい。また、加圧してろ過を行ってもよい。加圧してろ過を行う場合、加圧する圧力は0.05MPa以上0.3MPa以下が好ましい。
 フィルターを用いたろ過の他、吸着材を用いた不純物の除去処理を行ってもよい。フィルターろ過と吸着材を用いた不純物除去処理とを組み合わせてもよい。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を用いることができる。例えば、シリカゲル、ゼオライトなどの無機系吸着材、活性炭などの有機系吸着材が挙げられる。
[Preparation of resin composition]
The resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above components. The mixing method is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known method can be used.
Further, it is preferable to perform filtration using a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matters such as dust and fine particles in the composition. The pore size of the filter is preferably 1 μm or less, more preferably 0.5 μm or less, still more preferably 0.1 μm or less. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon. The filter may be washed with an organic solvent in advance. In the filter filtration step, plural kinds of filters may be connected in series or in parallel and used. When using plural types of filters, filters having different pore diameters or materials may be used in combination. In addition, various materials may be filtered multiple times. When filtering a plurality of times, circulating filtration may be used. Moreover, you may pressurize and may perform filtration. When performing filtration by pressurizing, the pressurizing pressure is preferably 0.05 MPa or more and 0.3 MPa or less.
In addition to filtration using a filter, a treatment for removing impurities using an adsorbent may be performed. Filter filtration and impurity removal treatment using an adsorbent may be combined. A known adsorbent can be used as the adsorbent. Examples thereof include inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
[硬化膜、積層体、半導体デバイス、およびそれらの製造方法]
 次に、硬化膜、積層体、半導体デバイス、およびそれらの製造方法について説明する。
 本発明の硬化膜は、本発明の樹脂組成物を硬化してなる。本発明の硬化膜の膜厚は、例えば、0.5μm以上とすることができ、1μm以上とすることができる。また、上限値としては、100μm以下とすることができ、30μm以下とすることもできる。本発明の硬化膜の膜厚は1~30μmであることが好ましい。
[Cured Film, Laminated Body, Semiconductor Device, and Manufacturing Method Thereof]
Next, a cured film, a laminated body, a semiconductor device, and a method for manufacturing them will be described.
The cured film of the present invention is obtained by curing the resin composition of the present invention. The thickness of the cured film of the present invention can be, for example, 0.5 μm or more, and can be 1 μm or more. Further, the upper limit value may be 100 μm or less, and may be 30 μm or less. The thickness of the cured film of the present invention is preferably 1 to 30 μm.
 本発明の硬化膜を2層以上、さらには、3~7層積層して積層体としてもよい。本発明の硬化膜を2層以上有する積層体は、硬化膜の間に金属層を有する態様が好ましい。このような金属層は、再配線層などの金属配線として好ましく用いられる。 Two or more layers of the cured film of the present invention, or 3 to 7 layers may be laminated to form a laminate. The laminate having two or more cured films of the present invention preferably has a metal layer between the cured films. Such a metal layer is preferably used as a metal wiring such as a rewiring layer.
 本発明の硬化膜の適用可能な分野としては、半導体デバイスの絶縁膜、再配線層用層間絶縁膜、ストレスバッファ膜などが挙げられる。そのほか、封止フィルム、基板材料(フレキシブルプリント基板のベースフィルムやカバーレイ、層間絶縁膜)、あるいは上記のような実装用途の絶縁膜をエッチングでパターン形成することなどが挙げられる。これらの用途については、例えば、サイエンス&テクノロジー株式会社「ポリイミドの高機能化と応用技術」2008年4月、柿本雅明/監修、CMCテクニカルライブラリー「ポリイミド材料の基礎と開発」2011年11月発行、日本ポリイミド・芳香族系高分子研究会/編「最新ポリイミド 基礎と応用」エヌ・ティー・エス,2010年8月等を参照することができる。 The fields to which the cured film of the present invention can be applied include insulating films of semiconductor devices, interlayer insulating films for rewiring layers, stress buffer films, and the like. In addition, a sealing film, a substrate material (a base film or a coverlay of a flexible printed board, an interlayer insulating film), or an insulating film for mounting as described above may be patterned by etching. Regarding these applications, for example, Science & Technology Co., Ltd., “High-performance and applied technology of polyimide” April 2008, Masaaki Kakimoto / supervised, CMC Technical Library “Basic and development of polyimide materials”, published November 2011 , "Polyimide Aromatic Polymer Research Society / Edited," Latest Polyimide Basics and Applications, "NTS, August 2010, etc. can be referred to.
 また、本発明における硬化膜は、オフセット版面またはスクリーン版面などの版面の製造、成形部品のエッチングへの使用、エレクトロニクス、特に、マイクロエレクトロニクスにおける保護ラッカーおよび誘電層の製造などにも用いることもできる。 The cured film according to the present invention can also be used for production of printing plates such as offset printing plates or screen printing plates, use for etching molded parts, and production of protective lacquers and dielectric layers in electronics, especially microelectronics.
 本発明の硬化膜の製造方法は、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いることを含む。具体的には、以下の(a)~(d)の工程を含むことが好ましい。
(a)樹脂組成物を基板に適用して膜を形成する膜形成工程
(b)膜形成工程の後、膜を露光する露光工程
(c)露光された樹脂組成物層に対して、現像処理を行う現像工程
(d)現像された樹脂組成物を80~450℃で加熱する加熱工程
 この実施形態のように、現像の後、加熱することで露光された樹脂層をさらに硬化させることができる。
The method for producing a cured film of the present invention includes using the resin composition of the present invention. Specifically, it is preferable to include the following steps (a) to (d).
(A) A film forming step of applying a resin composition to a substrate to form a film, (b) an exposure step of exposing the film after the film forming step, and (c) a development treatment on the exposed resin composition layer. (D) heating step of heating the developed resin composition at 80 to 450 ° C. As in this embodiment, after development, the exposed resin layer can be further cured by heating. .
 本発明の好ましい実施形態に係る積層体の製造方法は、本発明の硬化膜の製造方法を含む。本実施形態の積層体の製造方法は、上記の硬化膜の製造方法に従って、硬化膜を形成後、さらに、再度、(a)の工程、または(a)~(c)の工程、あるいは(a)~(d)の工程を行う。特に、上記各工程を順に、複数回、例えば、2~5回(すなわち、合計で3~6回)行うことが好ましい。このように硬化膜を積層することにより、積層体とすることができる。本発明では特に硬化膜を設けた部分の上または硬化膜の間、あるいはその両者に金属層を設けることが好ましい。なお、積層体の製造においては、(a)~(d)の工程をすべて繰り返す必要はなく、上記のとおり、少なくとも(a)、好ましくは(a)~(c)または(a)~(d)の工程を複数回行うことで硬化膜の積層体を得ることができる。 The method for producing a laminate according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention includes the method for producing a cured film of the present invention. According to the method for producing a laminated body of the present embodiment, after the cured film is formed according to the above-described method for producing a cured film, the step (a) or the steps (a) to (c) or (a) is performed again. )-(D) are performed. In particular, it is preferable to perform each of the above steps a plurality of times, for example, 2 to 5 times (ie, 3 to 6 times in total). By laminating the cured films in this manner, a laminated body can be obtained. In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to provide a metal layer on the portion where the cured film is provided, between the cured films, or both. In the production of the laminate, it is not necessary to repeat all the steps (a) to (d), and as described above, at least (a), preferably (a) to (c) or (a) to (d). A laminated body of cured films can be obtained by performing the step (1) a plurality of times.
<膜形成工程(層形成工程)>
 本発明の好ましい実施形態に係る製造方法は、樹脂組成物を基板に適用して膜(層状)にする、膜形成工程(層形成工程)を含む。
 基板の種類は、用途に応じて適宜定めることができるが、シリコン、窒化シリコン、ポリシリコン、酸化シリコン、アモルファスシリコンなどの半導体作製基板、石英、ガラス、光学フィルム、セラミック材料、蒸着膜、磁性膜、反射膜、Ni、Cu、Cr、Feなどの金属基板、紙、SOG(Spin On Glass)、TFT(薄膜トランジスタ)アレイ基板、プラズマディスプレイパネル(PDP)の電極板など特に制約されない。本発明では、特に、半導体作製基板が好ましく、シリコン基板がより好ましい。また、基板は、化学反応により化合物Bとの間に共有結合を形成することが可能な基板であることも好ましい。
 また、樹脂層の表面や金属層の表面に樹脂組成物層を形成する場合は、樹脂層や金属層が基板となる。
 樹脂組成物を基板に適用する手段としては、塗布が好ましい。
 具体的には、適用する手段としては、ディップコート法、エアーナイフコート法、カーテンコート法、ワイヤーバーコート法、グラビアコート法、エクストルージョンコート法、スプレーコート法、スピンコート法、スリットコート法、およびインクジェット法などが例示される。樹脂組成物層の厚さの均一性の観点から、より好ましくはスピンコート法、スリットコート法、スプレーコート法、インクジェット法である。方法に応じて適切な固形分濃度や塗布条件を調整することで、所望の厚さの樹脂層を得ることができる。また、基板の形状によっても塗布方法を適宜選択でき、ウェハ等の円形基板であればスピンコート法やスプレーコート法、インクジェット法等が好ましく、矩形基板であればスリットコート法やスプレーコート法、インクジェット法等が好ましい。スピンコート法の場合は、例えば、500~2000rpmの回転数で、10秒~1分程度適用することができる。
<Film forming step (layer forming step)>
A manufacturing method according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention includes a film forming step (layer forming step) of applying a resin composition to a substrate to form a film (layer).
The type of substrate can be appropriately determined according to the application, but semiconductor production substrates such as silicon, silicon nitride, polysilicon, silicon oxide, and amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical films, ceramic materials, vapor deposition films, magnetic films , A reflective film, a metal substrate of Ni, Cu, Cr, Fe or the like, paper, SOG (Spin On Glass), a TFT (thin film transistor) array substrate, an electrode plate of a plasma display panel (PDP), etc. are not particularly limited. In the present invention, a semiconductor manufacturing substrate is particularly preferable, and a silicon substrate is more preferable. It is also preferable that the substrate is a substrate capable of forming a covalent bond with the compound B by a chemical reaction.
When the resin composition layer is formed on the surface of the resin layer or the surface of the metal layer, the resin layer or the metal layer serves as the substrate.
As a means for applying the resin composition to the substrate, coating is preferable.
Specifically, as the applying means, a dip coating method, an air knife coating method, a curtain coating method, a wire bar coating method, a gravure coating method, an extrusion coating method, a spray coating method, a spin coating method, a slit coating method, And the inkjet method and the like. From the viewpoint of the uniformity of the thickness of the resin composition layer, the spin coating method, the slit coating method, the spray coating method, and the inkjet method are more preferable. A resin layer having a desired thickness can be obtained by adjusting an appropriate solid content concentration and coating conditions according to the method. In addition, the coating method can be appropriately selected depending on the shape of the substrate. For circular substrates such as wafers, the spin coating method, spray coating method, inkjet method, etc. are preferable, and for rectangular substrates, the slit coating method, spray coating method, inkjet method, etc. The method is preferred. In the case of the spin coating method, for example, it can be applied at a rotation speed of 500 to 2000 rpm for about 10 seconds to 1 minute.
<乾燥工程>
 本発明の製造方法は、樹脂組成物層を形成後、膜形成工程(層形成工程)の後に、溶剤を除去するために乾燥する工程を含んでいてもよい。好ましい乾燥温度は50~150℃で、70℃~130℃がより好ましく、90℃~110℃がさらに好ましい。乾燥時間としては、30秒~20分が例示され、1分~10分が好ましく、3分~7分がより好ましい。
<Drying process>
The production method of the present invention may include a step of forming a resin composition layer, followed by a film forming step (layer forming step), and then drying to remove the solvent. The preferred drying temperature is 50 to 150 ° C, more preferably 70 ° C to 130 ° C, even more preferably 90 ° C to 110 ° C. The drying time is, for example, 30 seconds to 20 minutes, preferably 1 minute to 10 minutes, more preferably 3 minutes to 7 minutes.
<露光工程>
 本発明の製造方法は、上記樹脂組成物層を露光する露光工程を含んでもよい。露光量は、樹脂組成物を硬化できる限り特に定めるものではないが、例えば、波長365nmでの露光エネルギー換算で100~10000mJ/cm照射することが好ましく、200~8000mJ/cm照射することがより好ましい。
 露光波長は、190~1000nmの範囲で適宜定めることができ、240~550nmが好ましい。
 露光波長は、光源との関係でいうと、(1)半導体レーザー(波長 830nm、532nm、488nm、405nm etc.)、(2)メタルハライドランプ、(3)高圧水銀灯、g線(波長 436nm)、h線(波長 405nm)、i線(波長 365nm)、ブロード(g,h,i線の3波長)、(4)エキシマレーザー、KrFエキシマレーザー(波長 248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(波長 193nm)、F2エキシマレーザー(波長 157nm)、(5)極端紫外線;EUV(波長 13.6nm)、(6)電子線等が挙げられる。本発明の樹脂組成物については、特に高圧水銀灯による露光が好ましく、なかでも、i線による露光が好ましい。これにより、特に高い露光感度が得られうる。
<Exposure process>
The production method of the present invention may include an exposure step of exposing the resin composition layer. The exposure amount is not particularly limited as long as the resin composition can be cured, but, for example, 100 to 10000 mJ / cm 2 is preferable in terms of exposure energy at a wavelength of 365 nm, and 200 to 8000 mJ / cm 2 is preferable. More preferable.
The exposure wavelength can be appropriately set within the range of 190 to 1000 nm, and is preferably 240 to 550 nm.
The exposure wavelength is (1) semiconductor laser (wavelength 830 nm, 532 nm, 488 nm, 405 nm etc.), (2) metal halide lamp, (3) high pressure mercury lamp, g-line (wavelength 436 nm), h Line (wavelength 405 nm), i line (wavelength 365 nm), broad (3 wavelengths of g, h and i lines), (4) excimer laser, KrF excimer laser (wavelength 248 nm), ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193 nm), F2 excimer Laser (wavelength 157 nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet rays; EUV (wavelength 13.6 nm), (6) electron beam and the like can be mentioned. For the resin composition of the present invention, exposure with a high pressure mercury lamp is particularly preferable, and exposure with i-line is particularly preferable. Thereby, a particularly high exposure sensitivity can be obtained.
<現像処理工程>
 本発明の製造方法は、露光された樹脂組成物層に対して、現像処理を行う現像処理工程を含んでもよい。現像を行うことにより、露光されていない部分(非露光部)が除去される。現像方法は、所望のパターンを形成できれば特に制限は無く、例えば、パドル、スプレー、浸漬、超音波等の現像方法が採用可能である。
 現像は現像液を用いて行う。現像液は、露光されていない部分(非露光部)が除去されるのであれば、特に制限なく使用できる。現像液は、有機溶剤を含むことが好ましく、現像液が有機溶剤を90%以上含むことがより好ましい。本発明では、現像液は、ClogP値が-1~5の有機溶剤を含むことが好ましく、ClogP値が0~3の有機溶剤を含むことがより好ましい。ClogP値は、ChemBioDrawにて構造式を入力して計算値として求めることができる。
 有機溶剤は、エステル類として、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸-n-ブチル、ギ酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、酢酸イソブチル、プロピオン酸ブチル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、γ-ブチロラクトン、ε-カプロラクトン、δ-バレロラクトン、アルキルオキシ酢酸アルキル(例:アルキルオキシ酢酸メチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸エチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸ブチル(例えば、メトキシ酢酸メチル、メトキシ酢酸エチル、メトキシ酢酸ブチル、エトキシ酢酸メチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル等))、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例:3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル等(例えば、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル等))、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例:2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸プロピル等(例えば、2-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル))、2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチルおよび2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル(例えば、2-メトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル等)、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、2-オキソブタン酸メチル、2-オキソブタン酸エチル等、ならびに、エーテル類として、例えば、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート等、ならびに、ケトン類として、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン等、ならびに、芳香族炭化水素類として、例えば、トルエン、キシレン、アニソール、リモネン等、スルホキシド類としてジメチルスルホキシドが好適に挙げられる。
 本発明では、特にシクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトンが好ましく、シクロペンタノンがより好ましい。
 現像液は、50質量%以上が有機溶剤であることが好ましく、70質量%以上が有機溶剤であることがより好ましく、90質量%以上が有機溶剤であることがさらに好ましい。また、現像液は、100質量%が有機溶剤であってもよい。
<Development process>
The production method of the present invention may include a development treatment step of performing development treatment on the exposed resin composition layer. By developing, the unexposed portion (non-exposed portion) is removed. The developing method is not particularly limited as long as a desired pattern can be formed, and for example, a developing method such as paddle, spray, dipping, ultrasonic wave, etc. can be adopted.
Development is performed using a developer. The developer can be used without particular limitation as long as the unexposed portion (non-exposed portion) is removed. The developer preferably contains an organic solvent, and more preferably the developer contains 90% or more of the organic solvent. In the present invention, the developing solution preferably contains an organic solvent having a ClogP value of -1 to 5, and more preferably an organic solvent having a ClogP value of 0 to 3. The ClogP value can be obtained as a calculated value by inputting a structural formula in ChemBioDraw.
Examples of the organic solvent include esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone. , Ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkyloxyacetate (eg, methyl alkyloxyacetate, ethyl alkyloxyacetate, butyl alkyloxyacetate (for example, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, Ethyl acetate, etc.)), 3-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters (eg, methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, etc. (eg, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-methoxypropionate, etc. Ethyl pionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.), 2-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters (eg, methyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, 2 -Propyl alkyloxypropionate and the like (eg, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), 2-alkyl Methyl oxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate (eg, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate , Pyruvic acid Cyl, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutanoate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate, and the like as ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether. , Methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, and the like, and Examples of the ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and the like, and aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, anisole and limonene. Preferred examples of the sulfoxides include dimethyl sulfoxide.
In the present invention, cyclopentanone and γ-butyrolactone are particularly preferable, and cyclopentanone is more preferable.
50% by mass or more of the developer is preferably an organic solvent, more preferably 70% by mass or more of the organic solvent, and further preferably 90% by mass or more of the organic solvent. Further, the developing solution may be 100% by mass of an organic solvent.
 現像時間としては、10秒~5分が好ましい。現像時の現像液の温度は、特に定めるものではないが、通常、20~40℃で行うことができる。
 現像液を用いた処理の後、さらに、リンスを行ってもよい。リンスは、現像液とは異なる溶剤で行うことが好ましい。例えば、樹脂組成物に含まれる溶剤を用いてリンスすることができる。リンス時間は、5秒~1分が好ましい。
The developing time is preferably 10 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature of the developing solution at the time of development is not particularly limited, but it is usually 20 to 40 ° C.
After the treatment with the developing solution, rinsing may be further performed. Rinsing is preferably performed in a solvent different from the developing solution. For example, rinsing can be performed using the solvent contained in the resin composition. The rinse time is preferably 5 seconds to 1 minute.
<加熱工程>
 本発明の製造方法は、膜形成工程(層形成工程)、乾燥工程、または現像工程の後に加熱工程を含むことが好ましい。特に樹脂としてポリマー前駆体を含むものを用いた場合は、加熱工程を含むことが好ましい。加熱工程では、ポリマー前駆体の環化反応を進行させることができる。加熱工程における層の加熱温度(最高加熱温度)としては、50℃以上であることが好ましく、80℃以上であることがより好ましく、140℃以上であることがさらに好ましく、150℃以上であることが一層好ましく、160℃以上であることがより一層好ましく、170℃以上であることがさらに一層好ましい。上限としては、500℃以下であることが好ましく、450℃以下であることがより好ましく、350℃以下であることがさらに好ましく、250℃以下であることが一層好ましく、220℃以下であることがより一層好ましい。
 加熱は、加熱開始時の温度から最高加熱温度まで1~12℃/分の昇温速度で行うことが好ましく、2~10℃/分がより好ましく、3~10℃/分がさらに好ましい。昇温速度を1℃/分以上とすることにより、生産性を確保しつつ、アミンの過剰な揮発を防止することができ、昇温速度を12℃/分以下とすることにより、硬化膜の残存応力を緩和することができる。
 加熱開始時の温度は、20℃~150℃が好ましく、20℃~130℃がより好ましく、25℃~120℃がさらに好ましい。加熱開始時の温度は、最高加熱温度まで加熱する工程を開始する際の温度のことをいう。例えば、樹脂組成物を基板の上に適用した後、乾燥させる場合、この乾燥後の膜(層)の温度であり、例えば、樹脂組成物に含まれる溶剤の沸点よりも、30~200℃低い温度から徐々に昇温させることが好ましい。
 加熱時間(最高加熱温度での加熱時間)は、10~360分であることが好ましく、20~300分であることがより好ましく、30~240分であることがさらに好ましい。
 特に多層の積層体を形成する場合、硬化膜の層間の密着性の観点から、加熱温度は180℃~320℃で加熱することが好ましく、180℃~260℃で加熱することがより好ましい。その理由は定かではないが、この温度とすることで、層間のポリマー前駆体のエチニル基同士が架橋反応を進行しているためと考えられる。
<Heating process>
The production method of the present invention preferably includes a heating step after the film forming step (layer forming step), the drying step, or the developing step. Particularly when a resin containing a polymer precursor is used, it is preferable to include a heating step. In the heating step, the cyclization reaction of the polymer precursor can proceed. The heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) of the layer in the heating step is preferably 50 ° C or higher, more preferably 80 ° C or higher, even more preferably 140 ° C or higher, and 150 ° C or higher. Is more preferable, 160 ° C. or higher is even more preferable, and 170 ° C. or higher is even more preferable. The upper limit is preferably 500 ° C or lower, more preferably 450 ° C or lower, further preferably 350 ° C or lower, further preferably 250 ° C or lower, and 220 ° C or lower. Even more preferable.
The heating is preferably performed at a temperature rising rate of 1 to 12 ° C./min from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 10 ° C./min, and further preferably 3 to 10 ° C./min. By setting the rate of temperature increase to 1 ° C./minute or more, it is possible to prevent the excessive volatilization of the amine while ensuring productivity, and by setting the rate of temperature increase to 12 ° C./minute or less, the cured film Residual stress can be relaxed.
The temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20 ° C to 150 ° C, more preferably 20 ° C to 130 ° C, and further preferably 25 ° C to 120 ° C. The temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at which the step of heating to the maximum heating temperature is started. For example, when the resin composition is applied onto a substrate and then dried, the temperature of the film (layer) after the drying is, for example, 30 to 200 ° C. lower than the boiling point of the solvent contained in the resin composition. It is preferable to gradually raise the temperature.
The heating time (heating time at the maximum heating temperature) is preferably 10 to 360 minutes, more preferably 20 to 300 minutes, and further preferably 30 to 240 minutes.
In particular, in the case of forming a multilayer laminate, from the viewpoint of the adhesion between the cured film layers, the heating temperature is preferably 180 ° C to 320 ° C, more preferably 180 ° C to 260 ° C. The reason for this is not clear, but it is considered that at this temperature, the ethynyl groups of the interpolymer interlayer precursors are undergoing a crosslinking reaction.
 加熱は段階的に行ってもよい。例として、25℃から180℃まで3℃/分で昇温し、180℃にて60分保持し、180℃から200℃まで2℃/分で昇温し、200℃にて120分保持する、といった前処理工程を行ってもよい。前処理工程としての加熱温度は100~200℃が好ましく、110~190℃であることがより好ましく、120~185℃であることがさらに好ましい。この前処理工程においては、米国特許9159547号公報に記載のように紫外線を照射しながら処理することも好ましい。このような前処理工程により膜の特性を向上させることが可能である。前処理工程は10秒間~2時間程度の短い時間で行うとよく、15秒~30分間がより好ましい。前処理は2段階以上のステップとしてもよく、例えば100~150℃の範囲で前処理工程1を行い、その後に150~200℃の範囲で前処理工程2を行ってもよい。
 さらに、加熱後冷却してもよく、この場合の冷却速度としては、1~5℃/分であることが好ましい。
The heating may be performed in stages. As an example, the temperature is raised from 25 ° C to 180 ° C at 3 ° C / min, held at 180 ° C for 60 minutes, raised from 180 ° C to 200 ° C at 2 ° C / min, and held at 200 ° C for 120 minutes. A pretreatment step such as, may be performed. The heating temperature in the pretreatment step is preferably 100 to 200 ° C, more preferably 110 to 190 ° C, and further preferably 120 to 185 ° C. In this pretreatment step, it is also preferable to perform treatment while irradiating with ultraviolet rays as described in US Pat. No. 9,159,547. The characteristics of the film can be improved by such a pretreatment process. The pretreatment step may be performed in a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, more preferably 15 seconds to 30 minutes. The pretreatment may be performed in two or more steps. For example, the pretreatment step 1 may be performed in the range of 100 to 150 ° C., and then the pretreatment step 2 may be performed in the range of 150 to 200 ° C.
Further, it may be cooled after heating, and the cooling rate in this case is preferably 1 to 5 ° C./minute.
 加熱工程は、窒素、ヘリウム、アルゴンなどの不活性ガスを流す等により、低酸素濃度の雰囲気で行うことが樹脂の分解を防ぐ点で好ましい。酸素濃度は、50ppm(体積比)以下が好ましく、20ppm(体積比)以下がより好ましい。 The heating process is preferably performed in an atmosphere of low oxygen concentration by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, or argon from the viewpoint of preventing decomposition of the resin. The oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm (volume ratio) or less, more preferably 20 ppm (volume ratio) or less.
<金属層形成工程>
 本発明の製造方法は、現像処理後の樹脂組成物層の表面に金属層を形成する金属層形成工程を含んでいることが好ましい。
 金属層としては、特に限定なく、既存の金属種を使用することができ、銅、アルミニウム、ニッケル、バナジウム、チタン、クロム、コバルト、金およびタングステンが例示され、銅およびアルミニウムがより好ましく、銅がさらに好ましい。
 金属層の形成方法は、特に限定なく、既存の方法を適用することができる。例えば、特開2007-157879号公報、特表2001-521288号公報、特開2004-214501号公報、特開2004-101850号公報に記載された方法を使用することができる。例えば、フォトリソグラフィ、リフトオフ、電解メッキ、無電解メッキ、エッチング、印刷、およびこれらを組み合わせた方法などが考えられる。より具体的には、スパッタリング、フォトリソグラフィおよびエッチングを組み合わせたパターニング方法、フォトリソグラフィと電解メッキを組み合わせたパターニング方法が挙げられる。
 金属層の厚さとしては、最も厚肉部で、0.1~50μmが好ましく、1~10μmがより好ましい。
<Metal layer forming step>
The production method of the present invention preferably includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the surface of the resin composition layer after the development treatment.
The metal layer is not particularly limited, it is possible to use existing metal species, copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold and tungsten are exemplified, more preferably copper and aluminum, copper is More preferable.
The method for forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and an existing method can be applied. For example, the methods described in JP-A-2007-157879, JP-A-2001-521288, JP-A-2004-214501 and JP-A-2004-101850 can be used. For example, photolithography, lift-off, electrolytic plating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and a method combining these can be considered. More specifically, a patterning method that combines sputtering, photolithography and etching, and a patterning method that combines photolithography and electrolytic plating can be mentioned.
The thickness of the metal layer is preferably 0.1 to 50 μm, and more preferably 1 to 10 μm in the thickest part.
<積層工程>
 本発明の製造方法は、さらに、積層工程を含むことが好ましい。
 積層工程とは、硬化膜(樹脂層)または金属層の表面に、再度、(a)膜形成工程(層形成工程)、(b)露光工程、(c)現像処理工程、(d)加熱工程を、この順に行うことを含む一連の工程である。ただし、(a)の膜形成工程のみを繰り返す態様であってもよい。また、(d)加熱工程は積層の最後または中間に一括して行う態様としてもよい。すなわち、(a)~(c)の工程を所定の回数繰り返し行い、その後に(d)の加熱をすることで、積層された樹脂組成物層を一括で硬化する態様としてもよい。また、(c)現像工程の後には(e)金属層形成工程を含んでもよく、このときにも都度(d)の加熱を行っても、所定回数積層させた後に一括して(d)の加熱を行ってもよい。積層工程には、さらに、上記乾燥工程や加熱工程等を適宜含んでいてもよいことは言うまでもない。
 積層工程後、さらに積層工程を行う場合には、上記加熱工程後、上記露光工程後、または、上記金属層形成工程後に、さらに、表面活性化処理工程を行ってもよい。表面活性化処理としては、プラズマ処理が例示される。
 上記積層工程は、2~5回行うことが好ましく、3~5回行うことがより好ましい。
 例えば、樹脂層/金属層/樹脂層/金属層/樹脂層/金属層のような、樹脂層が3層以上7層以下の構成が好ましく、3層以上5層以下がさらに好ましい。
 本発明では特に、金属層を設けた後、さらに、上記金属層を覆うように、上記樹脂組成物の硬化膜(樹脂層)を形成する態様が好ましい。具体的には、(a)膜形成工程、(b)露光工程、(c)現像工程、(e)金属層形成工程、(d)加熱工程の順序で繰り返す態様、あるいは、(a)膜形成工程、(b)露光工程、(c)現像工程、(e)金属層形成工程の順序で繰り返し、最後または中間に一括して(d)加熱工程を設ける態様が挙げられる。樹脂組成物層(樹脂)を積層する積層工程と、金属層形成工程を交互に行うことにより、樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)と金属層を交互に積層することができる。
<Lamination process>
The manufacturing method of the present invention preferably further includes a laminating step.
The laminating step means, on the surface of the cured film (resin layer) or the metal layer, again (a) a film forming step (layer forming step), (b) exposure step, (c) development processing step, (d) heating step. Is carried out in this order. However, the mode may be such that only the film forming step of (a) is repeated. In addition, the heating step (d) may be collectively performed at the end or the middle of the lamination. That is, the steps of (a) to (c) may be repeated a predetermined number of times, and then the heating of (d) may be performed to collectively cure the laminated resin composition layers. Further, (c) the developing step may include (e) the metal layer forming step, and even at this time, even if the heating (d) is performed each time, after the layers are laminated a predetermined number of times, the steps (d) are collectively performed. You may heat. It goes without saying that the laminating step may further include the above-mentioned drying step, heating step and the like as appropriate.
When the laminating step is further performed after the laminating step, a surface activation treatment step may be further performed after the heating step, the exposure step, or the metal layer forming step. A plasma treatment is exemplified as the surface activation treatment.
The laminating step is preferably performed 2 to 5 times, more preferably 3 to 5 times.
For example, it is preferable that the resin layer has 3 or more and 7 or less layers such as resin layer / metal layer / resin layer / metal layer / resin layer / metal layer, and more preferably 3 or more and 5 layers or less.
In the present invention, it is particularly preferable that after the metal layer is provided, a cured film (resin layer) of the resin composition is further formed so as to cover the metal layer. Specifically, a mode in which (a) film forming step, (b) exposure step, (c) developing step, (e) metal layer forming step, (d) heating step is repeated in this order, or (a) film forming A mode in which the steps, (b) exposure step, (c) development step, (e) metal layer formation step are repeated in this order, and (d) heating step is collectively provided at the end or in the middle is mentioned. By alternately performing the laminating step of laminating the resin composition layer (resin) and the metal layer forming step, the resin composition layer (resin layer) and the metal layer can be laminated alternately.
 本発明は、本発明の硬化膜または積層体を有する半導体デバイスも開示する。本発明の樹脂組成物を再配線層用層間絶縁膜の形成に用いた半導体デバイスの具体例としては、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0213~0218の記載および図1の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The present invention also discloses a semiconductor device having the cured film or laminate of the present invention. As specific examples of the semiconductor device in which the resin composition of the present invention is used for forming the interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer, the description in paragraphs 0213 to 0218 of JP-A-2016-027357 and the description in FIG. 1 can be referred to. These contents are incorporated herein.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明をさらに具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。「部」、「%」は特に述べない限り、質量基準である。 The present invention will be described more specifically with reference to the following examples. Materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, processing procedures, and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. "Parts" and "%" are based on mass unless otherwise specified.
<樹脂組成物の調製>
 下記表に記載の成分を混合して樹脂組成物を得た。
<Preparation of resin composition>
The components shown in the following table were mixed to obtain a resin composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
 上記表に記載の原料は以下の通りである。
(樹脂)
 A-1:下記構造のポリイミド前駆体(Mw=25000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 A-2:記構造のベンゾオキサゾール前駆体(Mw=25000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
The raw materials described in the above table are as follows.
(resin)
A-1: Polyimide precursor having the following structure (Mw = 25000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
A-2: Benzoxazole precursor having the above structure (Mw = 25000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
(カップリング剤)
 B-1:下記構造の化合物(pKa=14.45)
 B-2:下記構造の化合物(pKa=12.33)
 B-3:下記構造の化合物(pKa=13.06)
 B-4:下記構造の化合物(pKa=12.96)
 B-5:下記構造の化合物(pKa=14.27)
 B-6:下記構造の化合物(pKa=12.68)
 B-7:下記構造の化合物(pKa=5.99)
 B-101:下記構造の化合物(pKa=12.47)
 B-102:下記構造の化合物(pKa=14.75)
 B-103:下記構造の化合物(pKa=13.22)
 B-1~B-7は、加熱することで塩基性基が生成する基を含む化合物である。B-1~B-7の塩基性基発生温度は160℃以上である。
 B-101~B-103は、加熱することで塩基性基が生成する基を含まない化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
(Coupling agent)
B-1: Compound having the following structure (pKa = 14.45)
B-2: Compound having the following structure (pKa = 12.33)
B-3: Compound having the following structure (pKa = 13.06)
B-4: Compound having the following structure (pKa = 12.96)
B-5: Compound having the following structure (pKa = 14.27)
B-6: Compound having the following structure (pKa = 12.68)
B-7: Compound having the following structure (pKa = 5.99)
B-101: compound having the following structure (pKa = 12.47)
B-102: compound having the following structure (pKa = 14.75)
B-103: compound having the following structure (pKa = 13.22)
B-1 to B-7 are compounds containing a group which forms a basic group when heated. The basic group generation temperature of B-1 to B-7 is 160 ° C or higher.
B-101 to B-103 are compounds that do not contain a group that is heated to generate a basic group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 (開始剤)
 C-1:IRGACURE OXE 01(BASF社製)
 C-2:IRGACURE OXE 02(BASF社製)
 C-3:IRGACURE 784(BASF社製)
 C-4:NCI-831((株)ADEKA製)
(Initiator)
C-1: IRGACURE OXE 01 (manufactured by BASF)
C-2: IRGACURE OXE 02 (manufactured by BASF)
C-3: IRGACURE 784 (manufactured by BASF)
C-4: NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation)
(マイグレーション抑制剤)
 D-1:1,2,4-トリアゾール
 D-2:1H-テトラゾール
(Migration inhibitor)
D-1: 1,2,4-triazole D-2: 1H-tetrazole
 (溶剤)
 E-1:N-メチルピロリドン
 E-2:乳酸エチル
 E-3:γ-ブチロラクトン
 E-4:ジメチルスルホキシド
(solvent)
E-1: N-methylpyrrolidone E-2: Ethyl lactate E-3: γ-butyrolactone E-4: Dimethyl sulfoxide
(重合性モノマー)
 F-1:KAYARAD DPHA(日本化薬(株)製)
 F-2:SR-209(Arkema 社製)
(Polymerizable monomer)
F-1: KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
F-2: SR-209 (manufactured by Arkema)
(その他添加剤)
 G-1:4-メトキシフェノール(重合禁止剤)
 G-2:1,4-ベンゾキノン(重合禁止剤)
 G-3:下記構造の化合物(熱塩基発生剤)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
(Other additives)
G-1: 4-methoxyphenol (polymerization inhibitor)
G-2: 1,4-benzoquinone (polymerization inhibitor)
G-3: Compound of the following structure (thermal base generator)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
<評価>
<<保存安定性>>
 製造直後の樹脂組成物10gを容器(容器の材質:遮光ガラス、容量:100mL)に密閉し、25℃、相対湿度65%の環境下で2週間静置した。静置前後の樹脂組成物の粘度をE型粘度計(TV-25、東機産業)にて測定し、以下の式から、粘度変動率を算出した。粘度変動率が低ければ低い程、保存安定性が高いことを表す。
 粘度変動率(%)=|100×{1-(2週間静置後の樹脂組成物の粘度/静置前の樹脂組成物の粘度)}|
 粘度の測定は25℃で行うこととし、その他はJIS Z 8803:2011に準拠することとした。
A:粘度変動率が1%未満
B:粘度変動率が1%以上3%未満
C:粘度変動率が3%以上5%未満
D:粘度変動率が5%以上
<Evaluation>
<< Storage stability >>
Immediately after the production, 10 g of the resin composition was sealed in a container (container material: light-shielding glass, capacity: 100 mL), and allowed to stand for 2 weeks in an environment of 25 ° C. and relative humidity of 65%. The viscosity of the resin composition before and after standing was measured with an E-type viscometer (TV-25, Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.), and the viscosity variation rate was calculated from the following formula. The lower the viscosity variation rate, the higher the storage stability.
Viscosity fluctuation rate (%) = | 100 × {1- (viscosity of resin composition after standing for 2 weeks / viscosity of resin composition before standing)} |
The viscosity was measured at 25 ° C., and other conditions were determined according to JIS Z 8803: 2011.
A: Viscosity variation is less than 1% B: Viscosity variation is 1% or more and less than 3% C: Viscosity variation is 3% or more and less than 5% D: Viscosity variation is 5% or more
<<密着性>>
 樹脂組成物を、銅基板上にスピンコート法により層状に適用して、樹脂組成物層を形成した。得られた樹脂組成物層を適用した銅基板をホットプレート上で、100℃で5分間乾燥し、銅基板上に厚さ20μm樹脂組成物層とした。この樹脂組成物層を、ステッパー(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C)を用いて、500mJ/cmの露光エネルギーで100μm四方のフォトマスクを使用して露光し、その後シクロペンタノンで60秒間現像して、100μm四方形の樹脂層を得た。さらに、窒素雰囲気下で、10℃/分の昇温速度で昇温し、250℃に達した後、この温度を3時間維持して硬化膜を得た。
 銅基板上の100μm四方形の硬化膜に対して、25℃、65%相対湿度(RH)の環境下にて、ボンドテスター(XYZTEC社製、CondorSigma)を用いて、銅基板と硬化膜の剥離力を測定した。測定条件は、200μm針を使用して剥離速度10μm/S、銅基板と針の距離2μmとした。
 A:剥離力が60gf以上である
 B:剥離力が50gf以上60gf未満である
 C:剥離力が40gf以上50gf未満である
 D:剥離力が40gf以下である
<< Adhesion >>
The resin composition was applied in layers by a spin coating method on a copper substrate to form a resin composition layer. The copper substrate to which the obtained resin composition layer was applied was dried on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes to form a resin composition layer having a thickness of 20 μm on the copper substrate. This resin composition layer was exposed using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C) with an exposure energy of 500 mJ / cm 2 using a 100 μm square photomask, and then developed with cyclopentanone for 60 seconds to obtain 100 μm. A tetragonal resin layer was obtained. Furthermore, in a nitrogen atmosphere, the temperature was raised at a temperature rising rate of 10 ° C./min, and after reaching 250 ° C., this temperature was maintained for 3 hours to obtain a cured film.
For a 100 μm square cured film on a copper substrate, at a temperature of 25 ° C. and 65% relative humidity (RH), a bond tester (XYZTEC, Condor Sigma) is used to separate the copper substrate and the cured film. The force was measured. The measurement conditions were a peeling rate of 10 μm / S using a 200 μm needle, and a distance of 2 μm between the copper substrate and the needle.
A: Peeling force is 60 gf or more B: Peeling force is 50 gf or more and less than 60 gf C: Peeling force is 40 gf or more and less than 50 gf D: Peeling force is 40 gf or less
<<信頼性>>
 密着性の評価と同様の方法で硬化膜を形成した。得られた硬化膜を高加速寿命試験装置(PC-422R8D、平山製作所)を用いて、121℃、100%相対湿度(RH)の環境下で1000時間静置して信頼性試験を行った。信頼性試験前後の銅基板上の100μm四方形の硬化膜に対して、ボンドテスター(XYZTEC社製、CondorSigma)を用いて、銅基板と硬化膜の剥離力を測定した。測定条件としては、200μm針を使用して剥離速度10μm/S、銅基板と針の距離2μmとした。
 以下の式から、密着力減少率を算出した。
 密着力減少率(%)=100×{1-(信頼性試験後の硬化膜の剥離力/信頼性試験前の硬化膜の剥離力)}
 A:密着力減少率が1%未満
 B:密着力減少率が1%以上3%未満
 C:密着力減少率が3%以上10%未満
 D:密着力減少率が10%以上
<< Reliability >>
A cured film was formed by the same method as the evaluation of adhesion. The obtained cured film was left to stand in an environment of 121 ° C. and 100% relative humidity (RH) for 1000 hours using a high-acceleration life tester (PC-422R8D, Hirayama Seisakusho) to perform a reliability test. For a 100 μm square cured film on the copper substrate before and after the reliability test, the peeling force between the copper substrate and the cured film was measured using a bond tester (CondorSigma, manufactured by XYZTEC). As the measurement conditions, a 200 μm needle was used and the peeling speed was 10 μm / S, and the distance between the copper substrate and the needle was 2 μm.
The adhesion reduction rate was calculated from the following formula.
Adhesion force reduction rate (%) = 100 × {1- (Peeling force of cured film after reliability test / Peeling force of cured film before reliability test)}
A: Adhesion reduction rate is less than 1% B: Adhesion reduction rate is 1% or more and less than 3% C: Adhesion reduction rate is 3% or more and less than 10% D: Adhesion reduction rate is 10% or more
<<機械特性(伸度)の評価>>
 シリコンウエハー又上に、硬化後の膜厚が約10μmとなるように樹脂組成物をスピン塗布し、乾燥した後、昇温プログラム式キュア炉(VF-2000型、光洋リンドバーグ社製)を用いて、窒素雰囲気下にて180℃2時間加熱して硬化膜を得た。得られた硬化膜をダイシングソー(DAD3350型、DISCO社製)を用いて3mm幅の短冊状にカットした後、46%フッ化水素酸を用いてシリコンウエハーから剥がした。硬化膜の伸度を引張試験機(UTM-II-20型、オリエンテック社製)を用いて、ASTM D882-09に従って測定した。伸度は下記の判断とした。
 A:伸度が60%以上
 B:伸度が50%以上60%未満
 C:伸度が40以上50%未満
 D:伸度が40%未満
<< Evaluation of mechanical properties (elongation) >>
A resin composition was spin-coated on a silicon wafer or the like so that the film thickness after curing was about 10 μm, dried, and then heated using a temperature-programmed curing furnace (VF-2000 type, manufactured by Koyo Lindbergh). A cured film was obtained by heating at 180 ° C. for 2 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. The obtained cured film was cut into a strip having a width of 3 mm using a dicing saw (DAD3350 type, manufactured by DISCO), and then stripped from the silicon wafer using 46% hydrofluoric acid. The elongation of the cured film was measured in accordance with ASTM D882-09 using a tensile tester (UTM-II-20 type, manufactured by Orientec Co., Ltd.). The elongation was judged as follows.
A: Elongation is 60% or more B: Elongation is 50% or more and less than 60% C: Elongation is 40 or more and less than 50% D: Elongation is less than 40%
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
 上記表に示すように、実施例は保存安定性、密着性および信頼性の評価が良好であった。 As shown in the above table, the examples were evaluated for storage stability, adhesion and reliability.

Claims (18)

  1.  ポリイミド前駆体、ポリイミド、ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体およびポリベンゾオキサゾールからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の樹脂と、
     加熱することで塩基性基が生成する基と下記式(b1)で表される基とをそれぞれ含むPkaが5以上の化合物Bと、
     を含有する樹脂組成物;
     -M(R)(R)(R)   ・・・(b1)
     式(b1)中、Mは、Si、TiまたはZrを表し、R~Rは、それぞれ独立して、RbまたはORbを表し、Rbは、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基を表す。
    At least one resin selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor, a polyimide, a polybenzoxazole precursor and a polybenzoxazole;
    A compound B having a Pka of 5 or more, each containing a group which forms a basic group when heated and a group represented by the following formula (b1),
    A resin composition containing:
    -M 1 (R 1 ) (R 2 ) (R 3 ) ... (b1)
    In formula (b1), M 1 represents Si, Ti or Zr, R 1 to R 3 each independently represent Rb 1 or ORb 1 , and Rb 1 is a hydrocarbon having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Represents a group.
  2.  前記式(b1)のR~Rは、それぞれ独立して、ORbを表し、Rbは、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基を表す、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein R 1 to R 3 in the formula (b1) each independently represent ORb 1 , and Rb 1 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  3.  前記式(b1)のMはSiを表す、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein M 1 in the formula (b1) represents Si.
  4.  前記化合物Bの塩基性基発生温度が160℃以上である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the compound B has a basic group generation temperature of 160 ° C or higher.
  5.  前記加熱することで塩基性基が生成する基は、窒素原子を含む複素環基、アミド基、ウレア基、イソシアネート基、ウレタン基、アロハネート基、ビュレット基およびイミド基から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を含む、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The group generated by heating the basic group is at least one group selected from a heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom, an amide group, a urea group, an isocyanate group, a urethane group, an alohanate group, a buret group and an imide group. The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, which comprises:
  6.  前記加熱することで塩基性基が生成する基は、窒素原子を含む複素環基と、-OCO-およびCOO-から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基とをそれぞれ含むか、または、アミド基、ウレア基、イソシアネート基、ウレタン基、アロハネート基、ビュレット基およびイミド基から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を含む、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The group which a basic group forms by heating includes a heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom and at least one group selected from —OCO— and COO—, or an amide group or a urea group. The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, containing at least one group selected from an isocyanate group, a urethane group, an alohanate group, a buret group and an imide group.
  7.  前記化合物Bは、下記式(I)で表される化合物である、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     式(I)中、Aは加熱することで塩基性基が生成する基を表し、Lは、単結合または2価の連結基を表し、MはSi、TiまたはZrを表し、R~Rは、それぞれ独立して、RbまたはORbを表し、Rbは、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基を表す。
    The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the compound B is a compound represented by the following formula (I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    In formula (I), A 1 represents a group generated by heating to generate a basic group, L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, M 1 represents Si, Ti or Zr, and R 1 1 to R 3 each independently represent Rb 1 or ORb 1 , and Rb 1 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  8.  樹脂組成物の全固形分中に前記化合物Bを0.01~5質量%含有する、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the compound B is contained in an amount of 0.01 to 5% by mass based on the total solid content of the resin composition.
  9.  前記樹脂はポリイミド前駆体およびポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the resin contains at least one selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor.
  10.  更に、光ラジカル重合開始剤を含む、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9, which further comprises a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  11.  前記光ラジカル重合開始剤がオキシム化合物を含む、請求項10に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 10, wherein the photoradical polymerization initiator contains an oxime compound.
  12.  再配線層用層間絶縁膜の形成に用いられる、請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11, which is used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer.
  13.  請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化膜。 A cured film obtained by curing the resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 12.
  14.  請求項13に記載の硬化膜を2層以上有し、前記2層の硬化膜の間に金属層を有する、積層体。 A laminate having two or more layers of the cured film according to claim 13 and a metal layer between the two layers of the cured film.
  15.  請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物を基板に適用して膜を形成する膜形成工程を含む、硬化膜の製造方法。 A method for producing a cured film, comprising a film forming step of forming a film by applying the resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 12 to a substrate.
  16.  前記膜を露光する露光工程および前記膜を現像する現像工程を有する、請求項15に記載の硬化膜の製造方法。 The method for producing a cured film according to claim 15, comprising an exposing step of exposing the film and a developing step of developing the film.
  17.  前記膜を80~450℃で加熱する工程を含む、請求項15または16に記載の硬化膜の製造方法。 The method for producing a cured film according to claim 15 or 16, including the step of heating the film at 80 to 450 ° C.
  18.  請求項13に記載の硬化膜または請求項14に記載の積層体を有する、半導体デバイス。 A semiconductor device having the cured film according to claim 13 or the laminate according to claim 14.
PCT/JP2019/039779 2018-10-19 2019-10-09 Resin composition, cured film, laminate body, cured film production method, and semiconductor device WO2020080217A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020553109A JP7078744B2 (en) 2018-10-19 2019-10-09 Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018197585 2018-10-19
JP2018-197585 2018-10-19

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020080217A1 true WO2020080217A1 (en) 2020-04-23

Family

ID=70284636

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/039779 WO2020080217A1 (en) 2018-10-19 2019-10-09 Resin composition, cured film, laminate body, cured film production method, and semiconductor device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7078744B2 (en)
TW (1) TWI824035B (en)
WO (1) WO2020080217A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20230128152A (en) * 2021-02-12 2023-09-01 스미또모 베이크라이트 가부시키가이샤 photosensitive resin composition

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116096563A (en) * 2020-08-19 2023-05-09 柯尼卡美能达株式会社 Composition for electronic device encapsulation, method for forming electronic device encapsulation film, and electronic device encapsulation film

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007248767A (en) * 2006-03-15 2007-09-27 Fujifilm Corp Photosensitive resin composition and method for manufacturing semiconductor device using the same
JP2011518747A (en) * 2008-04-23 2011-06-30 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Reactively surface modified particles
JP2012088610A (en) * 2010-10-21 2012-05-10 Toray Ind Inc Negative photosensitive resin composition and cured film using the same
WO2014097594A1 (en) * 2012-12-21 2014-06-26 日立化成デュポンマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Polyimide precursor resin composition
WO2015011893A1 (en) * 2013-07-23 2015-01-29 日立化成デュポンマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Resin composition, method for forming pattern using same, and electronic component
CN104961672A (en) * 2015-05-20 2015-10-07 沈阳药科大学 Synthetic method of tartrate of N-(4-fluorobenzyl)-N-(1-methylpiperidine-4-yl)-N'-(4-isobutoxybenzyl)urea
JP2015219491A (en) * 2014-05-21 2015-12-07 日立化成デュポンマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Polyimide precursor, photosensitive resin composition containing the polyimide precursor, and cured-pattern-film manufacturing method and semiconductor device using the same
WO2018025738A1 (en) * 2016-08-01 2018-02-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate, and semiconductor device

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102266086B1 (en) 2017-03-29 2021-06-17 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 A photosensitive resin composition, a cured film, a laminated body, the manufacturing method of a cured film, and a semiconductor device

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007248767A (en) * 2006-03-15 2007-09-27 Fujifilm Corp Photosensitive resin composition and method for manufacturing semiconductor device using the same
JP2011518747A (en) * 2008-04-23 2011-06-30 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Reactively surface modified particles
JP2012088610A (en) * 2010-10-21 2012-05-10 Toray Ind Inc Negative photosensitive resin composition and cured film using the same
WO2014097594A1 (en) * 2012-12-21 2014-06-26 日立化成デュポンマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Polyimide precursor resin composition
WO2015011893A1 (en) * 2013-07-23 2015-01-29 日立化成デュポンマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Resin composition, method for forming pattern using same, and electronic component
JP2015219491A (en) * 2014-05-21 2015-12-07 日立化成デュポンマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Polyimide precursor, photosensitive resin composition containing the polyimide precursor, and cured-pattern-film manufacturing method and semiconductor device using the same
CN104961672A (en) * 2015-05-20 2015-10-07 沈阳药科大学 Synthetic method of tartrate of N-(4-fluorobenzyl)-N-(1-methylpiperidine-4-yl)-N'-(4-isobutoxybenzyl)urea
WO2018025738A1 (en) * 2016-08-01 2018-02-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate, and semiconductor device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
KIM, HYUN TAE ET AL.: "C-H Alkenylation of Pyrroles by Electronically Matching Ligand Control", CHEMISTRY - AN ASIAN JOURNAL, vol. 13, no. 17, 5 June 2018 (2018-06-05) - 4 September 2018 (2018-09-04), pages 2418 - 2422, XP055702629 *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20230128152A (en) * 2021-02-12 2023-09-01 스미또모 베이크라이트 가부시키가이샤 photosensitive resin composition
KR102642893B1 (en) 2021-02-12 2024-03-05 스미또모 베이크라이트 가부시키가이샤 Photosensitive resin composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2020080217A1 (en) 2021-09-30
JP7078744B2 (en) 2022-05-31
TWI824035B (en) 2023-12-01
TW202028304A (en) 2020-08-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6813602B2 (en) Photosensitive resin compositions, heterocyclic-containing polymer precursors, cured films, laminates, methods for producing cured films, and semiconductor devices.
TWI728137B (en) Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, cured film manufacturing method, semiconductor device, laminated body manufacturing method, semiconductor device manufacturing method, and polyimide precursor
CN110692018B (en) Photosensitive resin composition, polymer precursor, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
CN112639616A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP7281533B2 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP7333383B2 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP7277572B2 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP7237978B2 (en) Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2020054226A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP2023003421A (en) Cured film production method, resin composition, cured film, laminate body production method, and semiconductor device manufacturing method
JP7477579B2 (en) CURABLE RESIN COMPOSITION, CURED FILM, LAMINATE, METHOD FOR PRODUCING CURED FILM, SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, AND POLYMER PRECURSORS
JP7023379B2 (en) Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP7078744B2 (en) Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP7351896B2 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and thermal base generator
WO2019189327A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, and application of these
JP7426375B2 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and thermal base generator
WO2020066244A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, layered product, production method for cured film, semiconductor device, and thermal base generator
EP3893053A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, cured film, multilayer body and device
JPWO2019013241A1 (en) Thermosetting resin composition, cured film thereof, laminate, semiconductor device, and methods for producing the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19874012

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020553109

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19874012

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1